Quarterlytics / Industrials / Specialty Business Services / Performant Financial

Performant Financial

pfmt · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pfmt
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Performant Financial
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents  

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  

   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014  
or  

(cid:1)   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from                     to                      
Commission File Number: 001-35628  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware  
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization)  

333 North Canyons Parkway, Livermore, CA  
(Address of principal executive offices)  

20-0484934  
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.)  

94551  
(Zip Code)  

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (925) 960-4800  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class:  
Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share  

Name of each exchange on which registered:  
NASDAQ Global Select Market  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share  
(Title of class)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   (cid:1)     No    
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   (cid:1)     No   

  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes        No   (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes        No   (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 

contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 

company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act.  

Large accelerated filer  

(cid:1)  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   (cid:1)     No     

 

(cid:1) 

As of June 30, 2014 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), the aggregate market value of the 
common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $297,012,377 . Shares of common stock beneficially held by each officer and director 
and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be 
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.  

As of March 12, 2015, 49,363,366 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.  

Documents Incorporated By Reference  

All or a portion of Items 10 through 14 in Part III of this Form 10-K are incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s definitive proxy 
statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K, or if the 
Registrant’s Schedule 14A is not filed within such period, will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K which will be filed 
within such 120 day period.  

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

Business  

PART I  
ITEM 1.  
ITEM 1A.   Risk Factors  
ITEM 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments  
ITEM 2.  
ITEM 3.  
ITEM 4.  

Properties  
Legal Proceedings  
Mine Safety Disclosures  

PART II  
ITEM 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities  
Selected Financial Data  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

ITEM 6.  
ITEM 7.  
ITEM 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
ITEM 8.  
ITEM 9.  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  
ITEM 9A.   Controls and Procedures  
ITEM 9B.   Other Information  

PART III  
ITEM 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  
ITEM 11.  
ITEM 12.  
ITEM 13.  
ITEM 14.  

Executive Compensation  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  
Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

PART IV  
ITEM 15.  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

i  

Page 

1 
15 
25 
25 
25 
26 

26 
26 
27 
44 
44 
44 
44 
45 

45 
46 
46 
46 
46 

46 

 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

PART I  

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information  

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains, in addition to historical information, certain forward-looking statements within the 
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, strategy and plans, and our 
expectations for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “design,” 
“intend,” “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements 
largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of 
operations, strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. Forward-looking statements include, but 
are not limited to, statements about:  

•   our opportunities and expectations for growth in the student lending, healthcare and other markets; 

•  

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and competition in the markets in which we operate; 

•   our client relationships and future growth opportunities; 

•  

the adaptability of our technology platform to new markets and processes; 

•   our ability to invest in and utilize our data and analytics capabilities to expand our capabilities; 

•   our growth strategy of expanding in our existing markets and considering strategic alliances or acquisitions; 

•   our ability to meet our liquidity and working capital needs; 

•   maintaining, protecting and enhancing our intellectual property; 

•   our expectations regarding future expenses; 

•  

expected future financial performance; and 

•   our ability to comply with and adapt to industry regulations and compliance demands. 

These statements reflect current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. 
There are a variety of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or expectations expressed in our forward-
looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those risks discussed in Item 1A of this report. Given these 
uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  

Forward-looking statements contained in this report present management’s views only as of the date of this report. We undertake no 
obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You are advised, 
however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

ITEM 1.    Business  

Overview  

We provide technology-enabled recovery and related analytics services in the United States. Our services help identify and recover 

delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments for both government and private clients in a broad range of markets. Our clients typically 
operate in complex and regulated environments and outsource their recovery needs in order to reduce losses on billions of dollars of defaulted 
student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. We generally provide our services on an 
outsourced basis, where we handle many or all aspects of our clients’ recovery processes.  

We believe we have a leading position in our markets based on our proprietary technology-enabled services platform, long-standing 

client relationships and the large volume of funds we have recovered for our clients. In 2014, we provided recovery services on approximately 
$9.9 billion of combined student loans and other delinquent federal and state receivables and recovered approximately $244 million in improper 
Medicare payments. Our clients include 13 of the 30 public sector participants in the student loan industry and these relationships average more 
than 10 years in length, including a 25-year relationship with the Department of Education. We are currently subject to a competitive rebidding 
process for the next contract with the Department of Education. As of September 30, 2014, approximately $100.5 billion of government-
supported student loans were in default. In the healthcare market, we are currently one of four prime Medicare Recovery Audit Contractors, or 
RACs, in the United States for the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, and are currently  

1  

 
   
 
Table of Contents  

involved in a competitive re-bidding process for the award of the next RAC contract with CMS. According to the Government Accountability 
Office, Medicare paid $591.2 billion of claims in 2013, of which approximately $44 billion were estimated to be improper payments.  

We utilize our technology platform to efficiently provide recovery and analytics services in the markets we serve. We have 

continuously developed and refined our technology platform for almost two decades by using our extensive domain and data processing 
expertise. Our technology platform allows us to disaggregate otherwise complex recovery processes into a series of simple, efficient and 
consistent component steps, which we refer to as workflows, for our recovery and healthcare claims review specialists. This approach enables us 
to continuously refine our recovery processes to achieve higher rates of recovery with greater efficiency. By optimizing what traditionally have 
been manually-intensive processes, we believe we achieve higher workforce productivity versus more traditional labor-intensive outsourcing 
business models. For example, we generated in excess of $130,000 of revenues per employee during 2014, based on the average number of 
employees during the year.  

We believe that our platform is easily adaptable to new markets and processes. Over the past several years, we have successfully 

extended our platform into additional markets with significant recovery opportunities. For example, we utilized the same basic platform 
previously used primarily for student loan recovery activities to enter the healthcare market. We have enhanced our platform through investment 
in new data and analytics capabilities, which we believe will enable us to provide additional services such as services relating to the detection of 
fraud, waste and abuse.  

Our revenue model is generally success-based as we earn fees based on a percentage of the aggregate amount of funds that we enable 
our clients to recover. Our services do not require any significant upfront investments by our clients and we offer our clients the opportunity to 
recover significant funds otherwise lost. Because our model is based upon the success of our efforts and the dollars we enable our clients to 
recover, our business objectives are aligned with those of our clients and we are generally not reliant on their spending budgets. Further, our 
business model does not require significant capital expenditures and we do not purchase loans or obligations.  

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated approximately $195.4 million in revenues, $9.4 million in net income, $44.7 

million in adjusted EBITDA and $15.3 million in adjusted net income. See “Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations - Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income” in Item 7 below for a definition of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net 
income and reconciliations of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to net income determined in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles.  

We commenced our operations in 1976 under the corporate name Diversified Collection Services, Inc., or DCS. We were incorporated 
in Delaware on October 8, 2003 under the name DCS Holdings, Inc. and subsequently changed our name to Performant Financial Corporation. 
Our website address is www.performantcorp.com.  

Our Markets  

We operate in markets characterized by strong growth, a complex regulatory environment and a significant amount of delinquent, 

defaulted or improperly paid assets.  

Student Lending  

Government-supported student loans are authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. Historically, there have been 
two distribution channels for student loans: (i) the Federal Direct Student Loan Program, or FDSLP, which represents loans made and managed 
directly by the Department of Education; and (ii) the Federal Family Education Loan Program, or FFELP, which represents loans made by 
private institutions and currently backed by any of the 29 Guaranty Agencies, or "GAs".  

In July 2010, the government-supported student loan sector underwent a structural change with the passage of the Student Aid and 

Fiscal Responsibility Act, or SAFRA. This legislation transitioned all new government-supported student loan originations to the FDSLP, and 
away from originations made by private institutions within the FFELP that had previously utilized the GAs to guarantee, manage and service 
loans. The GAs are non-profit 501(c)(3) public benefit corporations operating under contract with the U.S. Secretary of Education, pursuant to 
the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, solely for the purpose of guaranteeing and managing student loans originated by lenders 
participating in the FFELP. Consequently, while the original distribution channels for student loans have been consolidated into one channel, the 
Department of Education, this does not impact the volume of government-supported student loan origination, which is a key driver of the 
volume of defaulted student loan inventory. In addition, despite this transition of all new loan originations to the FDSLP, GAs will continue to 
manage a significant amount of defaulted student loans for some period of time, due to their large  

2  

 
 
Table of Contents  

outstanding portfolios of loans originated prior to July 2010. The outstanding portfolios of defaulted FFELP loans will, therefore, require 
recovery for the foreseeable future.  

The Department of Education estimates that the balance of defaulted loans was approximately $66.0 billion in the FDSLP and 

approximately $34.5 billion in the FFELP as of September 30, 2014. These programs collectively guaranteed approximately $977 billion of 
federal government-supported student loans according to the Congressional Budget Office as of September 30, 2013. Given the operational and 
logistical complexity involved in managing the recovery of defaulted student loans, the Department of Education and the GAs generally choose 
to outsource these services to third parties.  

Healthcare  

The healthcare industry represents a significant portion of the U.S. GDP. According to CMS, U.S. healthcare spending reached $2.9 

trillion in 2013 and is forecast to grow at a 5.7% compound annual growth rate through 2023. In particular, CMS indicates that federal 
government-related healthcare spending for 2013 totaled approximately $1.0 trillion. This federal government-related spending included 
approximately $591.2 billion for Medicare, which provides a range of healthcare coverage primarily to elderly and disabled Americans, and 
$431.1 billion for Medicaid, which provides federal matching funds for states to finance healthcare for individuals at or below the public 
assistance level.  

Medicare was initially established as part of the Social Security Act of 1965 and consists of four parts: Part A covers hospital and other 

inpatient stays; Part B covers hospital outpatient, physician and other services; Part C is known as Medicare Advantage, under which 
beneficiaries receive benefits through private health plans; and Part D is the Medicare outpatient prescription drug benefit.  

Of the $591.2 billion of Medicare spending in 2013, the Department of Health and Human Services estimated that approximately $48 

billion, or approximately 8.6%, was improper, and that Medicare is the federal program with the largest amount of improper payments. Medicare 
improper payments generally involve incorrect coding, procedures performed which were not medically necessary, and incomplete 
documentation or claims submitted based on outdated fee schedules, among other issues.  

In accordance with the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, a demonstration program was 

conducted from March 2005 to March 2008 in six states to determine if the RAC program could be effectively used to identify improper 
payments for claims paid under Medicare Part A and Part B. Due to the success of this demonstration, under The Tax Relief and Health Care Act 
of 2006, the U.S. Congress authorized the expansion of the RAC program nationwide. CMS relies on third-party contractors to execute the RAC 
program to analyze millions of Medicare claims annually for improper payments to healthcare providers. The program was implemented by 
designating one prime contractor in each of the four major regions in the United States: West, Midwest, South, and Northeast.  

In addition to government-related healthcare spending, significant growth in spending is expected in the private healthcare market. 

According to CMS’ National Health Expenditures Projections, the private healthcare market accounted for approximately $961 billion in 
spending in 2013 and private expenditures are projected to grow more than 5.7% annually through 2023.  

Other Markets  

State Tax Market  

As state governments struggle with revenue generation and face significant budget deficits, many states have focused on recovery of 

delinquent state taxes. According to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, an independent think tank, 31 U.S. states faced projected budget 
shortfalls totaling $55 billion in the year ended September 30, 2013. The economic recession beginning in 2008 led to lower income and sales 
taxes from both individuals and corporations, reducing overall tax revenues and leading to large budget deficits at the state government level. 
While many states have received federal aid, most have cut services and increased taxes to help close the budget shortfall and have evaluated 
outsourcing at least some aspect of delinquent tax recovery.  

Federal Agency Market  

The federal agency market consists of government debt subrogated to the Department of the Treasury by numerous different federal 

agencies, comprising a mix of commercial and individual obligations and a diverse range of receivables. These debts are managed by the Bureau 
of the Fiscal Service (formerly the Department of Financial Management Service), or FS, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury. Since 
1996, the FS has recovered more than $63 billion in delinquent federal and state debt. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013, federal 
agency recoveries in this market totaled more than $7 billion,  

3  

 
 
Table of Contents  

an increase of more than $13 million over 2012. A significant portion of these collections are processed by private collection firms on behalf of 
the FS.  

Our Competitive Strengths  

We believe that our business is difficult to replicate, as it incorporates a combination of several important and differentiated elements, 

including:  

•   Scalable and flexible technology-enabled services platform.  We have built a proprietary technology platform that is highly 

flexible, intuitive and easy to use for our recovery and claims specialists. Our platform is easily configurable and deployable across 
multiple markets and processes. For example, we have successfully extended our platform from the student loan market to the state 
tax, federal treasury receivables and the healthcare recovery markets, each having its own industry complexities and specific 
regulations.  

•   Advanced, technology-enabled workflow processes.  Our technology-enabled workflow processes, developed over many years of 

operational experience in recovery services, disaggregate otherwise complex recovery processes into a series of simple, efficient 
and consistent steps that are easily configurable and applicable to different types of recovery-related applications. We believe our 
workflow software is highly intuitive and helps our recovery and claims specialists manage each step of the recovery process, while 
automating a series of otherwise manually-intensive and document-intensive steps in the recovery process. We believe our 
streamlined workflow technology drives higher efficiencies in our operations, as illustrated by our ability to generate in excess of 
$130,000 of revenues per employee during 2014, based on the average number of employees during the year. We believe our 
streamlined workflow technology also improves recovery results relative to more labor-intensive outsourcing models.  

•   Strong data and analytics capabilities.  Our data and analytics capabilities allow us to achieve strong recovery rates for our clients. 
We have collected recovery-related data for over two decades, which we combine with large volumes of client and third-party data 
to effectively analyze our clients’ delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments. We have also developed a number of 
analytics tools that we use to score our clients’ recovery inventory, determine the optimal recovery process and allocation of 
resources, and achieve higher levels of recovery results for our clients. In addition, we utilize analytics tools to continuously 
measure and test our recovery workflow processes to drive refinements and further enhance the quality and effectiveness of our 
capabilities.  

•   Long-standing client relationships.  We believe our long-standing focus on achieving superior recovery performance for our 

clients and the significant value our clients derive from this focus have helped us achieve long-tenured client relationships, strong 
contract retention and better access to new clients and future growth opportunities. We have business relationships with 13 of the 
30 public sector participants in the student loan market and these relationships average more than 11 years in length, including an 
approximate 24-year relationship with the Department of Education. In the healthcare market, we have an eight-year relationship 
with CMS and are currently one of four prime Medicare RAC contractors.  

•   Extensive domain expertise in complex and regulated markets.  We have extensive experience and domain expertise in providing 

recovery services for government and private institutions that generally operate in complex and regulated markets. We have 
demonstrated our ability to develop domain expertise in new markets such as healthcare and state tax and federal Treasury 
receivables. We believe we have the necessary organizational experience to understand and adapt to evolving public policy and 
how it shapes the regulatory environment and objectives of our clients. We believe this helps us identify and anticipate growth 
opportunities. For example, we successfully identified government healthcare as a potential growth opportunity that has thus far led 
to the award of three contracts to us by CMS. Together with our flexible technology platform, we have the ability to adapt our 
business strategy, to allocate resources and to respond to changes in our regulatory environment to capitalize on new growth 
opportunities.  

•   Proven and experienced management team.  Our management team has significant industry experience and has demonstrated 

strong execution capabilities. Our senior management team, led by Lisa Im, has been with us for an average of approximately12 
years. This team has successfully grown our revenue base and service offerings beyond the original student loan market into 
healthcare and delinquent state tax and private financial institutions receivables. Our management team’s industry experience, 
combined with deep and specialized understanding of complex and highly regulated industries, has enabled us to maintain long-
standing client relationships and strong financial results.  

4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Our Growth Strategy  

Key elements of our growth strategy include the following:  

•   Expand our student loan recovery volume.  The balance of defaulted government-supported student loans was approximately 
$100.5 billion as of September 30, 2014. While we have long-standing relationships with some of the largest participants in the 
government-supported student loan market, we believe there are significant opportunities within this growing market to increase 
the volume of student loans placed with us by existing and new clients. For example, if we are able to enter into a new contract 
with the Department of Education, which is currently subject to a rebidding process, we believe there is an opportunity to grow our 
placement volume through strong performance. Further, as a result of our relationships with five of the seven largest GAs, we 
believe we are well-positioned to benefit as a result of any consolidation of smaller GAs over the coming years.  

•   Expand our recovery services in the healthcare market.  According to CMS, Medicare spending totaled approximately $591.2 
billion in 2013 and is expected to increase to $1.1 trillion in 2022, representing a compound annual growth rate of 7.4%. In the 
private healthcare market, spending totaled $961 billion in 2013 and is expected to grow more than 5.7% annually through 2023, 
according to CMS’ National Health Expenditures Projections. As these large markets continue to grow, we expect the need for 
recovery services to increase in the public and private healthcare markets. In the first quarter of 2014, we submitted proposals for 
new RAC contracts in all four regions, although this contracting process remains delayed due to litigation related to the bidding 
process. We have also entered into contracts and are pursuing additional opportunities to provide audit, recovery and analytics 
services in the private healthcare market. In addition, we intend to pursue opportunities to find and eliminate losses prior to 
payment for healthcare services, including the detection of fraud, waste and abuse in the public and private healthcare markets.  

•   Pursue strategic alliances and acquisitions.  We intend to selectively consider opportunities to grow through strategic alliances or 
acquisitions that are complementary to our business. These opportunities may enhance our existing capabilities, enable us to enter 
new markets, expand our product offerings and allow us to diversify our revenues.  

Our Platform  

Our technology-enabled services platform is based on over two decades of experience in recovering large amounts of funds on behalf of 

our clients across several markets. The components of our platform include our data management expertise, analytics capabilities and 
technology-based workflow processes. Our platform integrates these components to allow us to achieve optimized outcomes for our clients in 
the form of increased efficiency and productivity and high recovery rates. Our platform and workflow processes are also intuitive and easy to use 
for our recovery and claims specialists and allow us to increase our employee retention and productivity.  

The components of our platform include the following:  

Data Management Expertise  

Our platform manages and stores large amounts of data throughout the workflow process. This includes both proprietary data we have 

compiled over two decades, as well as third-party data which we can integrate efficiently and in real-time to reduce errors, reduce cycle time 
processing and, ultimately, improve recovery rates. The strength of our data management expertise augments our analytics capabilities and 
provides our recovery and claims specialists with powerful workflow processes.  

Data Analytics Capabilities  

Our data analytics capabilities efficiently screen and allocate massive volumes of recovery inventory. For example, upon receipt of each 

placement of student loans, we utilize our proprietary algorithms to assist us in determining the most efficient recovery process and the optimal 
allocation of recovery specialist resources for each loan. In the healthcare market, we analyze millions of Medicare claims to find potential 
correlations between claims data and improper payments, which enhance our future recovery rates. Across all of our current markets, we utilize 
our proprietary analytics tools to continuously and rigorously test our workflow processes in real-time to drive greater process efficiency and 
improvement in recovery rates.  

Furthermore, we believe our analytics capabilities will extend our potential markets, permitting us to pursue significant new business 

opportunities. For example, we have expanded the use of our data analytics capabilities in the healthcare sector to  

5  

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

offer a variety of services from post and pre-payment audit of healthcare claims in both the public and private healthcare sector, to detection of 
fraud, waste and abuse of healthcare claims, to coordination of benefits and pharmacy fraud detection.  

Workflow Processes  

Over many years, we have developed and refined our recovery workflow processes, which we believe drive higher efficiency and 

productivity and reduce our reliance on labor-intensive methods relative to more traditional recovery outsourcing models. We refer to the 
patented technology that supports our proprietary workflows as “Smart Bins.” Smart Bins disaggregate otherwise complex recovery processes 
into a series of simple, efficient and consistent steps that are easily configurable and applicable to different types of recovery-related 
applications. Our workflow processes integrate a broad range of functions that encompass each stage of a recovery process.  

Smart Bins have been designed to be highly intuitive and help our recovery and claims specialists manage each step in the recovery 

process and enhance their productivity to high levels, regardless of skill differences among specialists. Smart Bins direct specialists toward the 
most efficient and effective action or step with respect to the management and recovery of a defaulted student loan, with some input by 
specialists. Our technology places expert system rules into the workflow engine, allowing employees at different skill levels to manage the more 
complex work steps that highly experienced workers would perform, while automating document management and compliance functionality as 
industry regulations and compliance demands change.  

The following recovery diagram illustrates how the various components of our platform work together to solve a typical client 

workflow:  

6  

 
  
 
Table of Contents  

Our Services  

We use our technology-enabled services platform to provide recovery and analytics services in a broad range of markets for the 

identification and recovery of student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. The table 
below summarizes our recovery services and related analytics capabilities and the markets we serve.  

Analytics  
Capabilities  

•    We use our enhanced data 
analytics capabilities, which we refer 
to as Performant Insight, to offer a 
variety of services from post- and pre-
payment audit of healthcare claims to 
detection of fraud, waste and abuse of 
healthcare claims, to coordination of 
benefits and pharmacy fraud detection 

Recovery Services  

Healthcare  
•  Provide audit and recovery 
services to identify improper 
healthcare payments for public 
and private healthcare clients  

•    Identify improper payments 
typically resulting from 
incorrect coding, procedures 
that were not medically 
necessary, incomplete 
documentation or claims 
submitted based on outdated fee 
schedules  

•    Earn contingent, success-
based fees based on a 
percentage of claim amounts 
recovered  

Other Markets  

•    Provide tax recovery 
services to state and municipal 
agencies  

•    Recover government debt 
for numerous different federal 
agencies under a contract with 
the Treasury  

•    Enable financial institutions 
to proactively manage loan 
portfolios and reduce the 
incidence of defaulted loan 
assets  

•    Earn contingent, success-
based fees calculated as a 
percentage of the amounts 
recovered, fees based on 
dedicated headcount and hosted 
technology licensing fees  

Student Loans  
•    Provide recovery services to 
the Department of Education, 
GAs and private institutions  

•    Identify and track defaulted 
borrowers across our clients’ 
portfolios of student loans  

•    Utilize our proprietary 
technology, our history of 
borrower data and our analytics 
capabilities to rehabilitate and 
recover past due student loans  

•    Earn contingent, success-
based fees calculated as a 
percentage of funds that we 
enable our clients to recover  

Recovery Services  

Student Loans  

We provide recovery services primarily to the government-supported student loan industry, and our clients include the Department of 

Education and several of the largest GAs, as well as private financial institutions. We use our proprietary technology to identify, track and 
communicate with defaulted borrowers on behalf of our clients to implement suitable recovery programs for the repayment of outstanding 
student loan balances.  

Our clients contract with us to provide recovery services for large pools of student loans generally representing a portion of the total 

outstanding defaulted balances they manage, which they provide to us as “placements” on a periodic basis. Generally, the volume of placements 
that we receive from our clients is influenced by our performance under our contracts and our ability to recover funds from defaulted student 
loans, as measured against the performance of competitors who may service a similar pool of defaulted loans for the same client. To the extent 
we perform well under our existing contracts and differentiate our services from those of our competitors, we may receive a relatively greater 
number of student loan placements under these contracts and may improve our ability to obtain future contracts from these clients and other 
potential clients.  

We use algorithms derived from over two decades of experience with defaulted student loans to make reasonably accurate estimates of 

the recovery outcomes likely to be derived from a placement of defaulted student loans.  

Our current contract with the Department of Education will expire in April 2015, and we are currently subject to a competitive 

rebidding process for the next contract with the Department of Education. We understand that five other recovery service providers under the 
current contract have recently received notice from the Department of Education stating an intention to extend their existing contracts past April 
2015. To date, we have not received notice of any such extension from the Department of Education and we are unsure whether we will be 
provided any such  extension of our current contract or when the new contracts will be awarded. We do not believe the Department of Education 
has completed the current contract extension process. However, due to the timing of the rehabilitation process for loans placed with us by the 
Department of Education, we expect there will be a minimal impact on our revenues in 2015 if we do not receive an extension of our current 
contract. Despite notice of their intent to extend the current contract for five recovery service providers, we believe the Department of Education 
is not permitted to selectively extend the contract for individual recovery service providers.  

7  

 
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

We also restructure and recover student loans issued directly by banks to students outside of federal lending programs. These types of 

loans typically supplement government-supported student loans to meet any shortfall in supply of student loan needs that cannot be met by 
grants or federal loans. Unlike government-supported student loans, private student loans do not have capped interest rates and, accordingly, 
involve higher instances of default relative to federally-backed student loans.  

Healthcare  

We provide recovery services related to improper payments in the healthcare market. In 2009 we were awarded the role as one of four 

prime RAC contractors in the United States, with exclusive responsibility for the Northeast region. Under our existing RAC contract, we identify 
and facilitate the recovery of improper Parts A and B Medicare payments. Our relationship with CMS began in 2005 with an initial 
demonstration contract to recover improper payments for Medicare Secondary Payor claims.  

Under our existing RAC contract with CMS, we utilize our technology-enabled services platform to screen Medicare claims against 
several criteria, including coding procedures and medical necessity standards, to determine whether a claim should be further investigated for 
recoupment or adjustment by CMS. We conduct automated and, where appropriate, detailed medical necessity reviews. If we determine that the 
likelihood of finding a potential improper payment warrants further investigation, we request and review healthcare provider medical records 
related to the claim, utilizing experts in Medicare coding and registered nurses. We interact and communicate with healthcare providers and 
other administrative entities, and ultimately submit the claim to CMS for correction.  

We are currently involved in a competitive rebidding process for four new RAC contracts with CMS. The timing of new RAC contract 

awards remains uncertain. The bidding process has been delayed, at least in part, by pre-award protests and, following the denial of those 
protests, by ongoing litigation. The plaintiffs in the litigation are seeking the elimination of payment terms under the proposed new RAC 
contracts that would prohibit RACs from being compensated for improper claims until a second level of appeal has been exhausted. An initial 
decision in favor of CMS was subject to appeal in which the appellate court recently remanded the case back to the lower court to rule on the 
merits of the case. There is a related injunction barring the award of three of the four new RAC contracts pending resolution of this litigation. A 
fifth RAC contract, which is a new type of RAC contract covering the identification and recovery of improper claims for durable medical 
equipment, prosthetics, orthotics and supplies and home health and hospice claims, was not covered by the injunction and was awarded to 
another party in January 2015. The Company is not a party to this litigation. CMS has stated that the injunction will delay the award of the three 
contracts until the judge’s ruling on the injunction, which is not expected to occur until late summer 2015. It is uncertain whether CMS will 
award the RAC contract not covered by the injunction in the interim period or will wait to award all of the new RAC contracts at the same time. 
CMS also recently announced that it extended our existing RAC contract through December 31, 2015, along with a limited scope of procedures 
we will be allowed to conduct and a limited scope of claim types we will be permitted to pursue during this extended period. CMS has further 
indicated they may, at their discretion, approve additional issues that we will be permitted to review and audit during the RAC contract extension 
period.  

In the private healthcare market, we utilize our technology-enabled services platform to provide audit, recovery and analytical services 
for private healthcare payors. Our experience from our existing RAC contract has helped establish our presence in the private healthcare market 
by providing us the opportunity to provide audit and recovery services for several national commercial health plans. Our audit and analytic 
capabilities have allowed us not only to expand our services with these initial private healthcare clients, but also gain entry into other related 
private healthcare opportunities.  

Other Markets  

We also provide recovery services to several state and municipal tax authorities, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of 

Education and a number of financial institutions.  

For state and municipal tax authorities, we analyze a portfolio of delinquent tax and other receivables placed with us, develop a 
recovery plan and execute a recovery process designed to maximize the recovery of funds. In some instances, we have also run state tax amnesty 
programs, which provide one-time relief for delinquent tax obligations, and other debtor management services for our clients. We currently have 
relationships with numerous state and municipal governments. Delinquent obligations are placed with us by our clients and we utilize a process 
that is similar to the student loan recovery process for recovering these obligations.  

For the Department of the Treasury, we recover government debt subrogated to it by numerous different federal agencies. The 

placements we are provided represent a mix of commercial and individual obligations. We are one of four contractors for the most recent 
Treasury contract.  

8  

 
 
Table of Contents  

We also provide risk management advisory services that enable these clients to proactively manage loan portfolios and reduce the 

incidence of defaulted loan assets over time. Our experience suggests that proactive default prevention practices produce significant net yield 
and earnings gains for our clients. We deliver these services in two forms. First, we contact and consult with borrowers to implement a 
repayment program, including payment through automatic debit arrangements, prior to the beginning of the repayment period in order to 
increase the likelihood that payments begin on time. Second, we offer a service that involves contacting delinquent borrowers in an effort to cure 
the delinquency prior to the loan entering default.  

Analytics Capabilities  

For several years, we have leveraged our data analytics tools to help filter, identify and recover delinquent and defaulted assets and 
improper payments as part of our core recovery services platform. Through our data analytics capabilities, which we refer to as Performant 
Insight, we are able to review, aggregate, and synthesize very large volumes of structured and unstructured data, at high speeds, from the initial 
intake of disparate data sources, to the warehousing of the data, to the analysis and reporting of the data. We believe we have built a 
differentiated, next-generation “end-to-end” data processing solution that will maximize value for current and future customers.  

Performant Insight provides numerous benefits for our recovery services platform. Performant Insight has not only enhanced our 

existing recovery services under our RAC contract by analyzing significantly higher volumes of healthcare claims at faster rates and reducing 
our cycle time to review and assess healthcare claims, but has also enabled us to develop improved and more sophisticated business intelligence 
rules that can be applied to our audit processes. We believe our analytics capabilities will extend our potential markets, permitting us to pursue 
significant new business opportunities. We have expanded the use of our data analytics capabilities in the healthcare sector to offer a variety of 
services from post and pre-payment audit of healthcare claims in both the public and private healthcare sector, to detection of fraud, waste and 
abuse of healthcare claims, to coordination of benefits and pharmacy fraud detection.  

Our Clients  

We provide our services across a broad range of government and private clients in several markets.  

Department of Education  

We have provided student loan recovery services to the Department of Education for approximately 24 years. We restructure and 
recover defaulted student loans distributed directly by the Department of Education as part of the FDSLP. Due to its limited resources and 
recovery capabilities, the Department of Education outsources much of its defaulted student loan portfolio to third-party vendors for recovery. 
Recovery fees are entirely contingency-based, and our fee for a particular recovery depends on the type of recovery facilitated. We also receive 
incremental performance incentives based upon our performance as compared to other contractors with the Department of Education, which are 
comprised of additional inventory allocation volumes and incentive fees. To participate in the Department of Education contracts, firms must 
follow a highly competitive selection process. For the latest Department of Education contract, the fourth major contract the Department of 
Education has outsourced to selected vendors, we were selected as one of 17 unrestricted vendors and initiated work on this contract in the fourth 
quarter of 2009. Our current contract with the Department of Education will expire in April 2015. We are currently subject to a competitive 
rebidding process for the next contract with the Department of Education. We understand that five other recovery service providers under the 
current contract have recently received notice from the Department of Education stating an intention to extend their existing contracts past April 
2015. To date, we have not received notice of any such extension from the Department of Education, and we are unsure whether we will be 
provided any such  extension of our current contract or when the new contracts will be awarded. We do not believe the Department of Education 
has completed the current contract extension process. However, due to the timing of the rehabilitation process for loans placed with us by the 
Department of Education, we expect there will be a minimal impact on our revenues in 2015 if we do not receive an extension of our current 
contract. Despite notice of their intent to extend the current contract for five recovery service providers, we believe the Department of Education 
is not permitted to selectively extend the contract for individual recovery service providers. Because all federally-supported student loans are 
being originated by the Department of Education as a result of SAFRA, our relationship with the Department of Education will become 
increasingly more important over time. The Department of Education was responsible for approximately 27.2% of our revenues for the year 
ended December 31, 2014.  

Guaranty Agencies  

We restructure and recover defaulted student loans issued by private lenders and backed by GAs under the FFELP. Despite the 

transition from FFELP to FDSLP, we believe GA default volumes will continue to rise for a few years as there generally is a lag between 
originations and defaults of at least three to four years. When a borrower stops making regular payments on a FFELP loan, the GA is obligated 
to reimburse the lender approximately 97% of the loan’s principal and accrued interest. GAs then seek to recover and restructure these 
obligations. The GAs with which we contract generally structure one to  

9  

 
 
Table of Contents  

three-year initial term contracts with multiple renewal periods, and historically the fees that we receive are generally similar to the fees we 
receive from the Department of Education contract. For some GA clients, we provide services through MSAs, under which we manage a GA’s 
entire portfolio of defaulted student loans and, for certain clients, engage subcontractors to provide a portion of the recovery services associated 
with a GA’s student loan portfolio.  

We have a relationship with 12 of the 29 active GAs in the U.S., including Great Lakes Higher Education Guaranty Corporation and 

American Student Assistance Corporation, which were responsible for 15.1% and 12.7%, respectively, of our revenues for the year ended 
December 31, 2014. We have had relationships with some GA clients for over 25 years.  

CMS  

We have a nine-year relationship with CMS. Under our RAC contract with CMS awarded in 2009, we identify and facilitate the 
recovery of improper Part A and Part B Medicare payments in the Northeast region of the United States. The RAC contract accounted for 
approximately 14.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. We are currently subject to a competitive rebidding process for the 
next RAC contract with CMS. The fees that we receive for identifying these improper payments from CMS are entirely contingency-based, and 
the contingency-fee percentage depends on the methods of recovery, and, in some cases, the type of improper payment that we identify.  

U.S. Department of the Treasury  

We have assisted the Department of the Treasury for 17 years in the recovery of delinquent receivables owed to a number of different 
federal agencies. The debt obligations we help to recover on behalf of the Department of the Treasury include commercial and individual debt 
obligations. We are one of the four firms servicing the current Department of the Treasury contract. Similar to our other recovery contracts, our 
fees under this contract are contingency-based. We view this as an important strategic relationship, as it provides us valuable insight into other 
business opportunities within the federal government.  

State Tax and Municipal Agencies  

We provide outsourced recovery services for individuals’ delinquent state tax and other municipal obligations on a hosted model and 

under MSAs. We currently have relationships with ten state and municipal governments.  

Private Lenders  

We provide recovery services for private student loans, that supplement federally guaranteed loans, and home mortgages to private 

lenders.  

Sales and Marketing  

Our new business opportunities have historically been driven largely by referrals and natural extensions of our existing client 
relationships, as well as a targeted outreach by senior management. Our sales cycles are often lengthy, and demand high levels of attention from 
our senior management. At any point in time, we are typically focused on a limited number of potentially significant new business opportunities. 
As a result, to date, we have operated with a small staff of experienced individuals with responsibility for developing new sales, relying heavily 
upon our executive staff, including an appropriate sales and marketing team covering various markets.  

Technology Operations  

Our technology center is based in Livermore, California, with a redundant capacity in our Grants Pass, Oregon office. Additionally, 

Performant Insight, our data analytics business, is supported by staff in Miami Lakes, Florida. We have designed our infrastructure for scalability 
and redundancy, which allows us to continue to operate in the event of an outage at either datacenter. We maintain an information systems 
environment with advanced network security intrusion detection and prevention with 24x7 monitoring and security incident response 
capabilities. We utilize encryption technologies to protect sensitive data on our systems, all data during transmission and all data on redundancy 
or backup media. We also maintain a comprehensive enterprise-wide information security system based upon recognized standards, including 
the NIST800 53 and ISO 27002 Code of Practice for Information Security Program Management, to uphold high security standards needed for 
the protection of sensitive information.  

Competition  

We face significant competition in all aspects of our business.  

10  

 
 
Table of Contents  

In recovery services for delinquent and defaulted assets, we face competition from a number of companies. Holders of these delinquent 

and defaulted assets typically engage several firms simultaneously to provide recovery services on different portions of their portfolios. The 
number of recovery firms engaged varies by client. For example, we are one of 17 unrestricted providers of recovery services on the current 
Department of Education contract, while some of the GAs may only engage a few recovery vendors at any time. Initially, we compete to be one 
of the retained firms in a competitive bidding process and, if we are successful, we then face continuing competition from the client’s other 
retained firms based on the client’s benchmarking of the recovery performance of its several vendors. Clients such as the Department of 
Education typically will allocate additional placements to those recovery vendors producing the highest recovery rates. We believe that we 
primarily compete on the basis of recovery rate performance, as well as maintenance of high standards of recovery practices and data security 
capabilities. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to most of these factors as evidenced by our long-standing relationships with our 
clients in these markets. Pricing is not usually a major competitive factor as all recovery services vendors in these markets typically receive the 
same contingency-based fee rate.  

In the recovery of improper healthcare payments, we faced a highly competitive process, involving a large number of bidders, to 

become one of the four prime RAC contractors in the United States. CMS is currently in the procurement process for the next round of RAC 
contracts. We expect that our competition will include the other three RAC service providers: Health Management Systems, Inc., Connolly 
Consulting, Inc. and CGI Group. We also may face competition from a variety of healthcare consulting and healthcare information services 
companies. Some of these potential competitors for the next RAC contract may have greater financial and other resources than we do. According 
to the request for quotes, the competitive factors for this new RAC contract are demonstrated experience in effective recovery services in the 
healthcare market, technical approach for identifying improper payments, key personnel and staffing, financial capability to perform under the 
RAC contract and recovery fee rates. We believe that our eight-year relationship with CMS and our related experience in providing recovery 
services to identify improper payments allows us to compete favorably with respect to many of these factors. We expect that our performance in 
identifying claims, managing the claims processes under the current RAC contract, and established systems integration with CMS and related 
Medicare administrative contractors will also be key factors in determining our continued service to CMS.  

Government Regulation  

The nature of our business requires that we adhere to a complex array of federal and state laws and regulations. These include the 

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA, the Fair Credit Reporting 
Act, or FCRA, the rules and regulations established by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, and related state laws. We are also 
governed by a variety of state laws that regulate the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information. We have implemented and 
maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and we have processes in place to assist us in 
complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data. Our compliance efforts include training of personnel and 
monitoring our systems and personnel.  

HIPAA and Related State Laws  

Our Medicare recovery business subjects us to compliance with HIPAA and various related state laws that contain substantial 

restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of an individual’s protected health information. HIPAA prohibits us from 
using or disclosing an individual’s protected health information unless the use or disclosure is authorized by the individual or is specifically 
required or permitted under HIPAA. Under HIPAA, we must establish administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the 
confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information maintained or transmitted by us or by others on our behalf. 
We are required to notify affected individuals and government authorities of data security breaches involving unsecured protected health 
information. The Department of Health and Human Services Office of Civil Rights enforces HIPAA privacy violations; CMS enforces HIPAA 
security violations and the Department of Justice enforces criminal violations of HIPAA. We are subject to statutory penalties for violations of 
HIPAA.  

Most states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect against the unauthorized disclosure of confidential medical 

information, and many states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards and 
data security breach notification requirements. These state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are not preempted by the federal 
requirements, and we must comply with them even though they may be subject to different interpretations by various courts and other 
governmental authorities. In addition, numerous other state laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of 
individually identifiable health and healthcare provider information.  

Our compliance efforts include the encryption of protected health information that we hold and the development of procedures to 

detect, investigate and provide appropriate notification if protected health information is compromised. Our  

11  

 
 
Table of Contents  

employees and contractors receive initial and periodic supplemental training and are tested to ensure compliance. As part of our certification and 
accreditation process, we must undergo audits by federal agencies as noted below. CMS regularly audits us for, among other items, compliance 
with their security standards.  

Privacy Act of 1974  

The Privacy Act of 1974 governs the collection, use, storage, destruction and disclosure of personal information about individuals by a 

government agency and extends to government contractors who have access to agency records performing services for government agencies. 
The Privacy Act requires maintenance of a code of conduct for employees with access to the agency records addressing the obligations under the 
Privacy Act, training of employees and discipline procedures for noncompliance. The Privacy Act also requires adopting and maintaining 
appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to insure the security and confidentiality of records and to protect against any 
anticipated threats or hazards to their security or integrity.  

As a contractor to federal government agencies we are required to comply with the Privacy Act of 1974. Our compliance effort includes 

initial and ongoing training of employees and contractors in their obligations under the Privacy Act. In addition we have implemented and 
maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards and processes intended to protect all personal data consistent with or exceeding our 
obligations under the Privacy Act.  

Certification, Accreditation and Security  

Business services that collect, store, transmit or process information for United States government agencies and organizations are 
required to undergo a rigorous certification and accreditation process to ensure that they operate at an acceptable level of security risk. As a 
government contractor, we currently have Authority to Operate, or ATO, licenses from both the Department of Education and CMS.  

We maintain a comprehensive enterprise-wide information security system based upon recognized standards, including the NIST800 53 

and ISO 27002 Code of Practice for Information Security Program Management, to uphold high security standards needed for the protection of 
sensitive information. In addition, we hold SSAE – SOC 1 Type II certification, which provides assurance to auditors of third parties that we 
maintain the necessary controls and procedures to effectively manage third party data. We undergo an independent audit by our government 
agency clients on the award of the contract and periodically thereafter. We also conduct periodic self-assessments.  

Our regulatory compliance group is charged with the responsibility of ensuring our regulatory compliance and security. All our 

facilities have security perimeter controls with segregated access by security clearance level. The information systems environment maintains 
advanced network security intrusion detection and prevention with 24x7 monitoring and security incident response capabilities. We utilize 
encryption technologies to protect sensitive data on our systems, all data during transmission and all data on redundancy or backup media. 
Employees undergo background and security checks appropriate to their position. This can include security clearances by the Federal Bureau of 
Investigation. We also maintain compliant disaster recovery and business continuity plans, annually conduct two table top disaster exercises, 
conduct routine security risk assessments and maintain a continuous improvement process as part of our security risk mitigation and 
management activity.  

FDCPA and Related State Laws  

The FDCPA regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be 

owed to another person. Certain of our debt recovery and loan restructuring activities may be subject to the FDCPA. The FDCPA establishes 
specific guidelines and procedures that debt recovery firms must follow in communicating with consumer debtors, including the time, place and 
manner of such communications. Further, it prohibits harassment or abuse by debt recovery firms, including the threat of violence or criminal 
prosecution, obscene language or repeated telephone calls made with the intent to abuse or harass. The FDCPA also places restrictions on 
communications with individuals other than consumer debtors in connection with the collection of any consumer debt and sets forth specific 
procedures to be followed when communicating with such third parties for purposes of obtaining location information about the consumer. In 
addition, the FDCPA contains various notice and disclosure requirements and prohibits unfair or misleading representations by debt recovery 
firms. Finally, the FDCPA imposes certain limitations on lawsuits to collect debts against consumers.  

Prior to the adoption of amendments to the FDCPA as part of the Dodd-Frank Act, no federal agency had the authority to issue 

interpretative regulations for the FDCPA. As a result, judicial determinations and non-binding interpretative positions issued by the Federal 
Trade Commission under the FDCPA created compliance difficulties for the consumer debt collections industry. With the adoption of the 
amendments to the FDCPA as part of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2011, however, as well as specific statutory authority to issue implementing 
regulations for the FDCPA, primary jurisdiction for the FDCPA was  

12  

 
 
Table of Contents  

transferred to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB. Subsequently, the CFPB has indicated that it may issue proposed regulations 
under the FDCPA.  

Debt recovery activities are also regulated at the state level. Most states have laws regulating debt recovery activities in ways that are 

similar to, and in some cases more stringent than, the FDCPA. In addition, some states require debt recovery firms to be licensed.  

Our compliance efforts include written procedures for compliance with the FDCPA and related state laws, employee training and 

monitoring, auditing client calls, periodic review, testing and retraining of employees, and procedures for responding to client complaints. In all 
states where we operate, we believe that we currently hold all required state licenses or are exempt from licensing. Violations of the FDCPA may 
be enforced by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, or by a private action by an individual or class. Violations of the FDCPA are 
deemed to be an unfair or deceptive act under the Federal Trade Commission Act, which can be punished by fines for each violation. Class 
action damages can total up to one percent of the net worth of the entity violating the statute. Attorney fees and costs are also recoverable. In the 
ordinary course of business we are sued for alleged violations of the FDCPA and comparable state laws, although the amounts involved in the 
disposition or settlement of any such claims have not been significant.  

FCRA  

We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which regulates consumer credit reporting and which may impose 

liability on us to the extent that the adverse credit information reported on a consumer to a credit bureau is false or inaccurate. State law, to the 
extent it is not preempted by the FCRA, may also impose restrictions or liability on us with respect to reporting adverse credit information. Our 
compliance efforts include initial and ongoing training of employees working with consumer credit reports, monitoring of performance, and 
periodic review and risk assessments. Violations of FCRA, which are deemed to be unfair or deceptive acts under the Federal Trade Commission 
Act, are enforced by the FTC or by a private action by an individual or class. Civil actions by consumers may seek damages per violation, with 
punitive damages, attorneys fees and costs also recoverable. Under the Federal Trade Commission Act, penalties for engaging in unfair or 
deceptive acts can be punished by fines for each violation.  

CFPB  

The CFPB was created as part of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2011, with primary implementing and interpretative authority for most federal 

consumer protection laws, including the FDCPA, transferred to the CFPB. Among other things, the CFPB was given the authority to issue 
interpretive regulations for the FDCPA.  

In addition to its authority in regard to federal consumer protection laws, the CFPB was also provided direct jurisdiction over certain 

consumer financial service providers. In October of 2012, the CFPB issued a rule asserting direct jurisdiction over large consumer debt 
collectors, which includes debt collectors with annual assets of more than $10 million. In accordance with the calculations included in this rule, 
we are subject to direct jurisdiction of the CFPB and in the future may be directly examined and supervised by the CFPB. In that regard, the 
CFPB has also released examination guidance that its examiners will use when reviewing compliance by debt collectors subject to its direct 
supervision .  

Recently, the CFPB has focused on service providers involved in collecting debt related to any consumer financial product from 

committing unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, or UDAAPs, in violation of the Dodd-Frank Act. UDAAPs include actions that are 
unfair and likely to cause substantial injury to consumers, deceptive actions that mislead or likely to mislead a consumer and abusive acts that 
interfere with the ability of a consumer to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or takes unreasonable advantage of a 
consumer’s lack of understanding of a consumer financial product. Although abusive acts or practices may also be unfair or deceptive, each of 
these prohibitions are separate and distinct, and are governed by separate legal standards. Original creditors and other covered persons and 
service providers involved in collecting debt related to any consumer financial product or service are subject to the prohibition against UDAAPs. 
The CFPB has indicated that it will continue to review closely the practices of those engaged in the collection of consumer debts for potential 
UDAAPs in violation of the Dodd-Frank Act.  

On April 12, 2013, we received a Civil Investigative Demand, or a CID, from the CFPB requesting production of documents and 

answers to questions generally related to our debt collection practices and procedures. The CFPB has not alleged a violation by us of any law or 
regulation. We responded to the CID, but have not been examined by the CFPB. In light of the possibility that the CFPB may issue interpretative 
regulations for the FDCPA, the issuance of such regulations could adversely affect our business and results of operations if we are not able to 
adapt our services and client relationships to meet any new regulatory structure that might be required.  

13  

 
 
 
Table of Contents  

State Law Compliance and Security Breach Response  

Many states impose an obligation on any entity that holds personally identifiable information or health information to adopt appropriate 
security to protect such data against unauthorized access, misuse, destruction, or modification. Many states have enacted laws requiring holders 
of personal information to take certain actions in response to data breach incidents, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to 
affected individuals and government authorities. In many cases, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or 
considering stricter and broader requirements. Massachusetts has enacted a regulation that requires any entity that holds, transmits or collects 
certain personal information about its residents to adopt a written data security plan meeting the requirements set forth in the statute. We have 
implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to 
assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security 
incidents. We have adopted a system security plan and security breach incident response plans to address our compliance with these laws.  

Intellectual Property  

Our intellectual property is a significant component of our business, including, most notably, the intellectual property underlying our 

proprietary technology-enabled services platform through which we provide our defaulted asset recovery and other services. To protect our 
intellectual property, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, trademarks and copyrights. We 
also utilize customary confidentiality and other contractual protections, including employee and third-party confidentiality and invention 
assignment agreements.  

As of December 31, 2014, we had two U.S. patents, both covering aspects of the workflow management systems and methods 

incorporated into our technology-enabled services platform. These patents will expire in September 2024. We routinely assess appropriate 
occasions for seeking additional patent protection for those aspects of our platform and other technologies that we believe may provide 
competitive advantages to our business. We also rely on certain unpatented proprietary expertise and other know-how, licensed and acquired 
third-party technologies, and continuous improvements and other developments of our various technologies, all intended to maintain our 
leadership position in the industry.  

As of December 31, 2014, we had five trademarks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark office: DCS, Performant Recovery, 

Performant Technologies, Discovery Analytics, and Performant Insight.  

We have registered copyrights covering various copyrighted material relevant to our business. We also have unregistered copyrights in 
many components of our software systems. We may not be able to use these unregistered copyrights to prevent misappropriation of such content 
by unauthorized parties in the future; however, we rely on our extensive information technology security measures and contractual arrangements 
with employees and third-party contractors to minimize the opportunities for any such misuse of this content.  

We are not subject to any material intellectual property claims alleging that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the 
intellectual property rights of any third party, nor have we asserted any material intellectual property infringement claim against any third party.  

Employees  

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately 1,484 full-time employees. None of our employees is a member of a labor union and 

we consider our employee relations to be good.  

Recent Developments  

On January 28, 2015, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with Premier Healthcare 
Exchange, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PHX”), pursuant to which, PHX would become our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary. The Merger 
Agreement contains customary closing conditions, including completion of a financing by us to fund the consideration payable under the terms 
of the Merger Agreement.  The purchase price under the Merger Agreement is approximately $108 million in cash, subject to certain 
adjustments, and certain PHX stockholders will also exchange shares for $22 million of our common stock. We also could be obligated to pay up 
to an additional $19.1 million in cash pursuant to an earnout arrangement based on PHX in revenues in 2015. On January 28, 2015 we 
announced proposed concurrent public offerings of $80 million aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes due 2020  and $50 
million of shares of our common stock to finance the cash portion of the consideration payable under the Merger Agreement. On January 30, 
2015, we announced our decision to withdraw the proposed public offerings of convertible senior notes and common stock. The Merger 
Agreement is currently terminable by either us or PHX without penalty, except that we are obligated to pay an expense  

14  

 
 
Table of Contents  

termination fee of $750,000 in the event the merger is not completed due to our failure to complete the required financing of the consideration 
payable under the Merger Agreement.  

Available Information  

The SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-
Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, if any, or other filings filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, proxy and information statements. All reports that we file with the SEC 
may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC, 20549. Information about the operation of 
the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors  

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those 

described below, and as a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline.  

Risks Related to Our Business  

Our agreements with the Department of Education and CMS, two of our largest customers, are currently subject to rebidding processes, and 
our failure to renew these agreements or a renewal on less favorable terms would have a significant negative impact on our revenues and 
results of operations.  

Our existing contracts with the Department of Education and CMS are currently subject to rebidding processes. The Department of 

Education and CMS were responsible for approximately 27.2% and 14.9% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively 
and 20.2% and 26.2% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. We understand that five other recovery service 
providers under the current contract have recently received notice from the Department of Education stating an intention to extend their existing 
contracts past April 2015, which is the expiration date for the current contract. To date, we have not received notice of any such extension from 
the Department of Education, and we are unsure whether we will be provided any such extension of our current contract or when the new 
contracts will be awarded. We do not believe the Department of Education has completed the current contract extension process. However, due 
to the timing of the rehabilitation process for loans placed with us by the Department of Education, we expect there will be a minimal impact on 
our revenues in 2015 if we do not receive an extension of our current contract. Despite notice of their intent to extend the current contract for 
five recovery service providers, we believe the Department of Education is not permitted to selectively extend the contract for individual 
recovery service providers. We are also currently participating in a competitive bidding process for the next RAC contract, but this process has 
been and may continue to be delayed, including by ongoing litigation related to the bidding process, protests following the award of contracts or 
other factors. While we believe our performance under existing contracts with the Department of Education and CMS and the experience we 
have gained in performing under these contracts position us well to renew both of these agreements, continued delays in the award of the new 
contracts, failure to retain either of these agreements or a significant adverse change in the terms of either of these agreements upon any renewal 
would seriously harm our revenues and our operating results.  

The transition rules implemented by CMS in connection with the award of the new RAC contract and the delays associated with the award of 
the new RAC contract will have an adverse impact on our revenues.  

Our ability to make claims under our existing RAC contract continues to be limited by contract transition rules announced by CMS. In 
this regard, CMS suspended our ability to request medical records for audit during a significant portion of the fourth quarter of 2013 and all of 
2014 other than a brief period in January and February 2014, beginning again in August 2014 through year end. Recently, CMS announced that 
it extended our existing RAC contract through December 31, 2015, but has not indicated the type of audit activities and the scope of procedures 
we will be allowed to conduct during this extended period. In addition, even during periods of permitted audit activity, CMS has placed 
restrictions on the types of claims and the amount of certain medical records requests that we may make during the transition period, and CMS 
has generally maintained a long-running prohibition on requesting medical records from PIP providers. These transition rules have had a 
material adverse effect on our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2014. Our revenues from CMS during the year ended December 31, 
2014 were $29.2 million, compared to $66.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. Our revenues under this contract will be further 
diminished during the 2015 calendar year. In addition, a litigation regarding a protest involving three of the four new RAC contracts is ongoing, 
which has resulted in an injunction barring the award of three of the four new RAC contracts. A fifth RAC contract, which is a new type of RAC 
contract covering the identification and recovery of improper claims for durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics and supplies and home 
health and hospice claims, was not covered by the injunction and was awarded to another party in January 2015. We are not a party to this 
litigation. CMS has stated that  

15  

 
 
 
Table of Contents  

the injunction will delay the award of the three RAC contracts that are subject to the injunction until the judge’s ruling on the injunction, which 
is not expected to occur until summer 2015. It is uncertain whether CMS will award the RAC contract not covered by the injunction in the 
interim period or wait to award all of the new RAC contracts at the same time. As a result of the delays in the award of the new RAC contract 
and the restrictions on our audit activities under the existing contract, we expect the reduction in healthcare revenues will have a material adverse 
effect on our revenues for 2014 and 2015. In addition, if we are successful in obtaining a new RAC contract with CMS, we expect there will be 
an approximate four to six month period until we start to recognize revenue after the award is made.  

Our current or future indebtedness could adversely affect our business and financial condition and reduce the funds available to us for other 
purposes, and our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our senior secured credit facility could result in an event of default that 
could adversely affect our results of operations.  

As of December 31, 2014, our estimated total debt was $111.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2014 our consolidated interest 

expense was $10.2 million. Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund our other liquidity needs 
depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to factors specific to our business, such as maintaining our agreements 
with our key clients, as well as prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our 
control. We cannot make assurances that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the 
principal and interest on our indebtedness and to fund our other liquidity needs. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund 
our debt service obligations and allow us to maintain compliance with the financial covenants and other covenants under our senior secured 
credit facility or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek 
additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot ensure that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these 
actions would be successful and permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations or that these actions would be permitted under the 
terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including our senior secured credit facility. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, 
we will be in default and, as a result, our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, our lenders 
could foreclose against the assets securing our borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.  

Our debt agreements contain, and any agreements to refinance our debt likely will contain, financial and restrictive covenants that limit 

our ability to incur additional debt, including to finance future operations or other capital needs, and to engage in other activities that we may 
believe are in our long-term best interests, including to dispose of or acquire assets or make capital expenditures. These covenants also require 
us to maintain certain financial ratios, including a fixed charge coverage ratio, total debt to EBITDA ratio and an interest coverage ratio, as well 
as minimum EBITDA and adjusted cash amounts. While our current projections for 2015 show that we will remain in compliance with these 
financial covenants throughout 2015, given the reduction in our revenues as a result of the ongoing delays in the award of new contracts by the 
Department of Education and the new RAC contracts from CMS, and the uncertainty as to when these contracts will be awarded, there can be no 
assurance that we can maintain compliance with these financial covenants. In particular, our current projections, assuming we do not make any 
other adjustments to reduce our expenses, show that we will be narrowly in compliance with several of our covenants during the second half of 
2015. Our failure to comply with these covenants may result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could accelerate the maturity 
of our indebtedness or result in modifications to our credit terms. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash resources to 
satisfy our debt obligations, our lenders could foreclose against the assets securing our borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or 
liquidation.  

Revenues generated from our four largest clients represented 70% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014, and 75% of our 
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, and any termination of or deterioration in our relationship with any of these clients would 
result in a decline in our revenues.  

We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from a limited number of clients, including the Department of Education, CMS and 

two GAs. Revenues from our four largest clients represented 70% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 75% of our 
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. All of our contracts with these clients are subject to periodic renewal and re-bidding processes 
and if we lose one of these clients or if the terms of our relationships with any of these clients become less favorable to us, our revenues would 
decline, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Many of our contracts with our clients for the recovery of student loans and other receivables are not exclusive and do not commit our clients 
to provide specified volumes of business. In addition, the terms of these contracts may be changed unilaterally and on short notice by our 
clients. As a consequence, there is no assurance that we will be able to maintain our revenues and operating results.  

16  

 
 
Table of Contents  

Substantially all of our existing contracts for the recovery of student loans and other receivables, which represented approximately 83% 

of our revenues in 2014 and 74% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2013, enable our clients to unilaterally terminate their 
contractual relationship with us at any time without penalty, potentially leading to loss of business or renegotiation of terms. Further, most of our 
contracts in these markets allow our clients to unilaterally change the volume of loans and other receivables that are placed with us or the 
payment terms at any given time. In addition, most of our contracts are not exclusive, with our clients retaining multiple service providers with 
whom we must compete for placements of loans or other obligations. Therefore, despite our contractual relationships with our clients, our 
contracts do not provide assurance that we will generate a minimum amount of revenues or that we will receive a specific volume of placements. 

Our revenues and operating results would be negatively affected if our student loan and receivables clients, which include four of our 
five largest clients in 2014 and 2013, reduce the volume of student loan placements provided to us, modify the terms of service, including the 
success fees we are able to earn upon recovery of defaulted student loans, or any of these clients establish more favorable relationships with our 
competitors. For example, in 2013 in connection with the Department of Education’s decision to have its recovery vendors promote 
income-based repayment, or IBR, to defaulted student loans, the Department of Education unilaterally reduced the contingency fee rate that we 
receive for rehabilitating student loans by approximately 13%. Further, in October 2014, the Department of Education announced a change to a 
fixed fee of $1,710 payable for each loan that is rehabilitated in place of a recovery fee that historically had been based on a percentage of the 
balance of the rehabilitated loan.  

Over the course of our existing RAC contract, there has been an increase in the number of appeals by healthcare providers to the third, or 
ALJ, level of appeal relating to claims we have audited, and there can be no assurance that our estimated liability for such appeals will be 
adequate.  

Under our RAC contract with CMS, we recognize revenues when the healthcare provider has paid CMS for a claim or has agreed to an 

offset against other claims by the provider. Healthcare providers have the right to appeal a claim and may pursue additional levels of appeal if 
the initial appeal is found in favor of CMS. We accrue an estimated liability for appeals at the time revenue is recognized based on our estimate 
of the amount of revenue probable of being refunded to CMS following successful appeal based on historical data and other trends relating to 
such appeals. In addition, if our estimate of liability for appeals with respect to revenues recognized during a prior period changes, we increase 
or decrease the estimated liability reserve in the current period. Over the course of our existing RAC contract, healthcare providers have 
increased their pursuit of appeals beyond the first and second levels of appeal to the third level of appeal, where cases are heard by 
administrative law judges, or ALJs. In our experience, decisions at the third level of appeal are the least favorable as ALJs exercise greater 
discretion and there is less predictability in the ALJ decisions as compared to appeals at the first or second levels. The pursuit of third level 
appeals by healthcare providers has also resulted in a backlog of claims at that level of appeal. This increase of ALJ appeals and backlog of 
claims at the third level of appeal is the primary reason our total estimated liability for appeals (consisting of the estimated liability for appeals 
plus the contra-accounts-receivable estimated allowance for appeals) has grown from a balance of $5.6 million at December 31, 2012, to 
$16.4 million at December 31, 2013 to $18.6 million as of December 31, 2014. Our estimates for our appeal reserve are subject to uncertainties, 
and accordingly we may underestimate the number of successful appeals or the financial impact of successful appeals in a given year or period. 
To the extent that the amount of commissions that we are required to return to CMS as a result of successful appeals exceeds our estimated 
appeals reserve, our revenues in the applicable period will be reduced by the amount of such excess. If we underestimate the amount of 
commissions that are subject to successful appeal, our revenues in future periods could be adversely affected.  

Further, CMS recently offered to pay hospitals 68% of what they have billed Medicare to settle a backlog of pending appeals 
challenging Medicare’s denials of reimbursement for certain types of short-term care. The implication of this settlement offer related to claims 
for which recovery auditors have already been paid under existing RAC contracts is uncertain at this time. Any payments we are required to 
make to CMS under our existing RAC contract in connection with such settlement offer may be significant and in excess of the amount we have 
reserved for appeals, which could have a material negative impact our financial position and liquidity.  

Our ability to derive revenues under our RAC contract will depend in part on the number and types of potentially improper claims that we 
are allowed to pursue by CMS, and our results of operations may be harmed if the scope of claims that we are allowed to pursue and be 
compensated for is limited.  

Under our existing RAC contract with CMS and any new RAC contract that we enter into upon completion of the current rebidding 

process with CMS, we are not permitted to and may not seek the recovery of an improper claim unless that particular type of claim has been pre-
approved by CMS to ensure compliance with applicable Medicare payment policies, as well as national and local coverage determinations. 
Accordingly, the long-term growth of the revenues we derive under a RAC contract will also depend in part on CMS expanding the scope of 
potentially improper claims that we are allowed to pursue. If we are unable to continue to identify improper claims within the types of claims 
that we are permitted to pursue from time to  

17  

 
 
Table of Contents  

time or if CMS does not expand the scope of potentially improper claims that we are allowed to pursue, our results of operations could be 
adversely affected.  

In addition, CMS has implemented rules that prevent RAC contractors from being able to review and audit (i) whether inpatient care 

delivered to patients with hospital stays lasting less than two midnights was medically necessary and therefore deserving of the higher 
reimbursement levels under Medicare Part A or (ii) whether inpatient treatment was medically necessary for admissions spanning more than two 
midnights.  In connection with these restrictions, hospitals cannot bill CMS for outpatient services on hospital stays lasting less than two 
midnights during such period.   Fees associated with recoveries initiated by us based upon improper claims for inpatient reimbursement of these 
short stays have represented a substantial portion of the revenues we have earned under our existing RAC contract. The continued suspension of 
this type of review activity could have a material adverse effect on our future healthcare revenues and operating results in the event we are 
successful in obtaining a second RAC contract, depending on a variety of factors including, among other things, CMS’s evaluation of provider 
compliance with the new rules, the rules ultimately adopted by CMS with respect to medical necessity reviews of Medicare reimbursement 
claims associated with short stay inpatient admissions and, more generally, the scope of improper claims that CMS allows us to pursue and our 
ability to successfully identify improper claims within the permitted scope. In connection with the award of the new RAC contract, CMS has 
indicated that it is reviewing certain aspects of the RAC contract including the amount of medical records that RAC vendors may request and the 
timeframes for review and communications between RAC vendors and providers.  

We face significant competition in connection with obtaining, retaining and performing under our existing client contracts, including our 
contracts with the Department of Education and CMS, and an inability to compete effectively in the future could harm our relationships with 
our clients, which would impact our ability to maintain our revenues and operating results.  

We operate in very competitive markets. In providing our services to the student loan and other receivables markets, we face 
competition from many other companies. Initially, we compete with these companies to be one of typically several firms engaged to provide 
recovery services to a particular client and, if we are successful in being engaged, we then face continuing competition from the client’s other 
retained firms based on the client’s benchmarking of the recovery rates of its several vendors. In addition, those recovery vendors who produce 
the highest recovery rates from a client often will be allocated additional placements and in some cases additional success fees. Accordingly, 
maintaining high levels of recovery performance, and doing so in a cost-effective manner, are important factors in our ability to maintain and 
grow our revenues and net income and the failure to achieve these objectives could harm our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Some of our current and potential competitors in the markets in which we operate may have greater financial, marketing, 
technological or other resources than we do. The ability of any of our competitors and potential competitors to adopt new and effective 
technology to better serve our markets may allow them to gain market strength. Increasing levels of competition in the future may result in lower 
recovery fees, lower volumes of contracted recovery services or higher costs for resources. Any inability to compete effectively in the markets 
that we serve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

The U.S. federal government accounts for a significant portion of our revenues, and any loss of business from, or change in our relationship 
with, the U.S. federal government would result in a significant decrease in our revenues and operating results.  

We have historically derived and are likely to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from the U.S. federal government. 
For the year ended December 31, 2014, revenues under contracts with the U.S. federal government accounted for approximately 46% of our total 
revenues, compared to 48% for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, fees payable by the U.S. federal government are expected to 
become a larger percentage of our total revenues over the next several years as a result of legislation that has transferred responsibility for all 
new student loan origination to the Department of Education. The continuation and exercise of renewal options on existing government contracts 
and any new government contracts are, among other things, contingent upon the availability of adequate funding for the applicable federal 
government agency. Changes in federal government spending could directly affect our financial performance.   

For example, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, which was signed into law by President Obama on December 26, 2013, reduced the 

compensation paid to GAs for the rehabilitation of student loans, effective July 1, 2014. This “revenue enhancement” measure reduced from 
18.5% to 16.0% of the outstanding loan balance, the amount that GAs can charge borrowers when a rehabilitated loan is sold by the GA and 
eliminated entirely the GAs retention of 18.5% of the outstanding loan balance as a fee for rehabilitation services. The reduction in compensation 
the GAs receive resulted in a decrease of approximately 25.0% in the contingency fee percentage that we receive from the GAs for assisting in 
the rehabilitation of defaulted student loans. Further, in October 2014, the Department of Education announced a new fee structure with respect 
to payment for rehabilitated loans to provide a fixed fee of $1,710 payable for each loan that is rehabilitated in place of a recovery fee that 
historically had been based as a percentage of the balance of the rehabilitated loan. Any additional decrease in the  

18  

 
 
Table of Contents  

student loan contingency fees would result in a further decrease of our revenues. Further, any amounts that we may be obligated to pay CMS 
under existing RAC contract as a result of CMS’s recent offer to pay hospitals 68% of what they have billed Medicare to settle a backlog of 
pending appeals challenging Medicare’s denials of reimbursement for certain types of short-term care could have a material negative impact our 
financial position and liquidity. The loss of business from the U.S. federal government, or significant policy changes or financial pressures 
within the agencies of the U.S. federal government that we serve would result in a significant decrease in our revenues, which would adversely 
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Future legislative or regulatory changes affecting the markets in which we operate could impair our business and operations.  

The two principal markets in which we provide our recovery services, government-supported student loans and the Medicare program, 

are a subject of significant legislative and regulatory focus and we cannot anticipate how future changes in government policy may affect our 
business and operations. For example, SAFRA significantly changed the structure of the government-supported student loan market by assigning 
responsibility for all new government-supported student loan originations to the Department of Education, rather than originations by private 
institutions and backed by one of 30 government-supported GAs. This legislation, and any future changes in the legislation and regulations that 
govern these markets, may require us to adapt our business to the new circumstances and we may be unable to do so in a manner that does not 
adversely affect our business and operations.  

Our business relationship with the Department of Education has accounted for a significant portion of our revenues and will take on 
increasing importance to our business as a result of SAFRA. Our failure to maintain this relationship would significantly decrease our 
revenues.  

While the majority of our historical revenues from the student loan market have come from our relationships with the GAs, as a result 
of SAFRA, the Department of Education will ultimately become the sole source of revenues in this market, although the GAs will continue to 
service their existing student loan portfolios for many years to come. As a result, over time, and assuming we are successful in entering into a 
new contract with the Department of Education under the current rebidding process, defaults on student loans originated by the Department of 
Education will predominate and our ability to maintain the revenues we had previously received from a number of GA clients will depend on our 
relationship with a single client, the Department of Education. While we have 24 years of experience in performing student loan recovery 
services for the Department of Education, we are one of 17 unrestricted recovery service providers on the current Department of Education 
contract. We understand that five other recovery service providers under the current contract have recently received notice from the Department 
of Education stating an intention to extend their existing contracts past April 2015, which is the expiration date for the current contract. To date, 
we have not received notice of any such extension from the Department of Education, and we are unsure whether we will be provided any such 
 extension of our current contract or when the new contracts will be awarded. If our relationship with the Department of Education terminates or 
deteriorates or if the Department of Education, ultimately as the sole holder of defaulted student loans, requires its contractors to agree to less 
favorable terms, our revenues would significantly decrease, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.  

We could lose clients as a result of consolidation among the GAs, which would decrease our revenues.  

As a result of SAFRA, which terminated the ability of the GAs to originate government-supported student loans, some have speculated 
that there may be consolidation among the 29 GAs. This speculation has heightened as a result of the reduction of fees that the GAs will receive 
for rehabilitating student loans as a result of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013. If GAs that are our clients are combined with GAs with whom 
we do not have a relationship, we could suffer a loss of business. We currently have relationships with 12 of the 29 GAs and two of our GA 
clients were each responsible for more than 10% of our total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The consolidation of our 
GA clients with others and the failure to provide recovery services to the consolidated entity could decrease our revenues, which could 
negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Our results of operations may fluctuate on a quarterly or annual basis and cause volatility in the price of our stock.  

Our revenues and operating results could vary significantly from period-to-period and may fail to match our past performance because 

of a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Any of these factors could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate. 
Factors that could contribute to the variability of our operating results include:  

•  

•  

the amount of defaulted student loans and other receivables that our clients place with us for recovery; 

the timing of placements of student loans and other receivables which are entirely in the discretion of our clients; 

19  

 
 
Table of Contents  

•  

the schedules of government agencies for awarding contracts including the impact of any protests filed in connection with the 

award of any such contracts;  

•   our ability to successfully identify improper Medicare claims and the number and type of potentially improper claims that CMS 

authorizes us to pursue under our RAC contact;  

•  

the loss or gain of significant clients or changes in the contingency fee rates or other significant terms of our business arrangements 

with our significant clients;  

•  

technological and operational issues that may affect our clients and regulatory changes in the markets we service; and 

•   general industry and macroeconomic conditions. 

Downturns in domestic or global economic conditions and other macroeconomic factors could harm our business and results of operations.  

Various macroeconomic factors influence our business and results of operations. These include the volume of student loan originations 

in the United States, together with tuition costs and student enrollment rates, the default rate of student loan borrowers, which is impacted by 
domestic and global economic conditions, rates of unemployment and similar factors, and the growth in Medicare expenditures resulting from 
changes in healthcare costs. For example, during the global financial crisis beginning in 2008, the market for securitized student loan portfolios 
was disrupted, resulting in delays in the ability of some GA clients to resell rehabilitated student loans and, as a result, delays our ability to 
recognize revenues from these rehabilitated loans. Changes in the overall economy could lead to a reduction in overall recovery rates by our 
clients, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively and our results of operations could be negatively affected.  

Our business has expanded significantly, especially in recent years with the expansion of our services in the healthcare market, and we 

intend to maintain our focus on growth. However, our continued focus on growth and the expansion of our business may place additional 
demands on our management, operations and financial resources and will require us to incur additional expenses. We cannot be sure that we will 
be able to manage our growth effectively. In order to successfully manage our growth, our expenses will increase to recruit, train and manage 
additional qualified employees and subcontractors and to expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure and continue to improve our 
management, financial and information systems and controls. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our expenses may increase and our 
results of operations could be negatively affected.  

A failure of our operating systems or technology infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and subcontractors, could disrupt the 
operation of our business.  

A failure of our operating systems or technology infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and subcontractors, could disrupt our 
operations. Our operating systems and technology infrastructure are susceptible to damage or interruption from various causes, including acts of 
God and other natural disasters, power losses, computer systems failures, Internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator 
error, computer viruses, losses of and corruption of data and similar events. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, 
delays or cessations in service to our clients, reduce the attractiveness of our recovery services to current or potential clients and adversely 
impact our financial condition and results of operations. While we have backup systems in many of our operating facilities, an extended outage 
of utility or network services may harm our ability to operate our business. Further, the situations we plan for and the amount of insurance 
coverage we maintain for losses as result of failures of our operating systems and infrastructure may not be adequate in any particular case.  

If our security measures are breached or fail and unauthorized access is obtained to our clients’ confidential data, our services may be 
perceived as insecure, the attractiveness of our recovery services to current or potential clients may be reduced, and we may incur significant 
liabilities.  

Our recovery services involve the storage and transmission of confidential information relating to our clients and their customers, 
including health, financial, credit, payment and other personal or confidential information. Although our data security procedures are designed to 
protect against unauthorized access to confidential information, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized 
access and disclosure of our clients’ confidential information. Further, we may not effectively adapt our security measures to evolving security 
risks, address the security and privacy concerns of existing or potential clients as they change over time, or be compliant with federal, state, and 
local laws and  

20  

 
 
Table of Contents  

regulations with respect to securing confidential information. Unauthorized access to confidential information relating to our clients and their 
customers could lead to reputational damage which could deter our clients and potential clients from selecting our recovery services, or result in 
termination of contracts with those clients affected by any such breach, regulatory action, and claims against us.  

In the event of any unauthorized access to personal or other confidential information, we may be required to expend significant 
resources to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities in our security procedures, and we may be subject to fines, penalties, litigation costs, and 
financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. If one or more of such failures in 
our security and privacy measures were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.  

Our business may be harmed if we lose members of our management team or other key employees.  

We are highly dependent on members of our management team and other key employees and our future success depends in part on our 

ability to retain these people. Our inability to continue to attract and retain members of our management team and other key employees could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

The growth of our healthcare business will require us to hire and retain employees with specialized skills and failure to do so could harm our 
ability to grow our business.  

The growth of our healthcare business will depend in part on our ability to recruit, train and manage additional qualified employees. 

Our healthcare-related operations require us to hire registered nurses and experts in Medicare coding. Finding, attracting and retaining 
employees with these skills is a critical component of providing our healthcare-related recovery and audit services, and our inability to staff these 
operations appropriately represents a risk to our healthcare service offering and associated revenues. An inability to hire qualified personnel, 
particularly to serve our healthcare clients, may restrain the growth of our business.  

We rely on subcontractors to provide services to our clients and the failure of subcontractors to perform as expected could harm our business 
operations and our relationships with our clients.  

We engage subcontractors to provide certain services to our clients. These subcontractors participate to varying degrees in our recovery 

activities with regards to all of the services we provide. While most of our subcontractors provide specific services to us, we engage one 
subcontractor to provide all of the audit and recovery services under our contract with CMS within a portion of our region. While we believe that 
we perform appropriate due diligence before we hire subcontractors, our subcontractors may not provide adequate service or otherwise comply 
with the terms set forth in their agreements. In the event a subcontractor provides deficient performance to one or more of our clients, any such 
client may reduce the volume of services we are providing under an existing contract or may terminate the relevant contract entirely and we may 
face claims for breach of contract. Any such disruption in our relations with our clients as a result of services provided by any of our 
subcontractors could adversely affect our revenues and operating results.  

If our software vendors or utility and network providers fail to deliver or perform as expected our business operations could be adversely 
affected.  

Our recovery services depend in part on third-party providers, including software vendors and utility and network providers. Our ability 

to service our clients depends on these third-party providers meeting our expectations and contractual obligations in a timely and effective 
manner. Our business could be materially and adversely affected, and we might incur significant additional liabilities, if the services provided by 
these third-party providers do not meet our expectations or if they terminate or refuse to renew their relationships with us on similar contractual 
terms.  

We are subject to extensive regulations regarding the use and disclosure of confidential personal information and failure to comply with 
these regulations could cause us to incur liabilities and expenses.  

We are subject to a wide array of federal and state laws and regulations regarding the use and disclosure of confidential personal 

information and security. For example, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, or HIPAA, and 
related state laws subject us to substantial restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of the personal health information 
that we obtain in connection with our audit and recovery services under our contract with CMS and we must establish administrative, physical 
and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality of this information. Similar protections extend to the type of personal financial and other 
information we acquire from our student loan, state tax and federal receivables clients. We are required to notify affected individuals and 
government agencies of data security breaches involving protected health and certain personally identifiable information. These laws and 
regulations also require that we develop, implement and maintain written, comprehensive information security programs containing safeguards  

21  

 
 
Table of Contents  

that are appropriate to protect personally identifiable information or health information against unauthorized access, misuse, destruction or 
modification. Federal law generally does not preempt state law in the area of protection of personal information, and as a result we must also 
comply with state laws and regulations. Regulation of privacy, data use and security requires that we incur significant expenses, which could 
increase in the future as a result of additional regulations, all of which adversely affects our results of operations. Failure to comply with these 
laws and regulations can result in penalties and in some cases expose us to civil lawsuits.  

Our student loan recovery business is subject to extensive regulation and consumer protection laws and our failure to comply with these 
regulations and laws may subject us to liability and result in significant costs.  

Our student loan recovery business is subject to regulation and oversight by various state and federal agencies, particularly in the area 

of consumer protection. The Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA, and related state laws provide specific guidelines that we must 
follow in communicating with holders of student loans and regulates the manner in which we can recover defaulted student loans. Some state 
attorney generals have been active in this area of consumer protection regulation. We are subject, and may be subject in the future, to inquiries 
and audits from state and federal regulators, as well as frequent litigation from private plaintiffs regarding compliance under the FDCPA and 
related state regulations. We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which regulates consumer credit reporting and may 
impose liability on us to the extent adverse credit information reported to a credit bureau is false or inaccurate. Our compliance with the FDCPA, 
FCRA and other federal and state regulations that affect our student loan recovery business may result in significant costs, including litigation 
costs. We may also become subject to regulations promulgated by the United States Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, which was 
established in July 2011 as part of the Dodd-Frank Act to, among other things, establish regulations regarding consumer financial protection 
laws. In addition, the CFPB has investigatory and enforcement authority with respect to whether persons are engaged in unlawful acts or 
practices in connection with the collection of consumer debts. On April 12, 2013, we received a Civil Investigative Demand, or a CID, from the 
CFPB requesting production of documents and answers to questions generally related to the Company’s debt collection practices and procedures. 
The CFPB has not alleged a violation by us of any law or regulation. We responded to the CID, but have not been examined by the CFPB. In 
light of the possibility that the CFPB may issue interpretative regulations for the FDCPA, the issuance of such regulations could adversely affect 
our business and results of operations if we are not able to adapt our services and client relationships to meet any new regulatory structure that 
might be required.  

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for 
public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and 
standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may 
evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding 
compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We will continue to invest 
resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative 
expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to 
comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related 
to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.  

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or 
the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies 
that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements 
of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy 
statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval 
of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an 
“emerging growth company.”  

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following our initial public offering in August 2012, although if the 
market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, our revenues exceed $1 
billion, or we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as 
of the following December 31.  

As a result of disclosure of information as a public company, our business and financial condition have become more visible, which we 
believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business 
operations and financial results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these 
claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert  

22  

 
 
Table of Contents  

the resources of our management and adversely affect our business operations and financial results. These factors could also make it more 
difficult for us to attract and retain qualified employees, executive officers and members of our board of directors.  

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley would impair our ability to 
produce accurate and reliable financial statements, which would harm our stock price.  

We are subject to reporting obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that require us to include a management report on 

our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report, which contains management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting. These requirements first applied to our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 
complying with these requirements can be difficult. For example, in June 2012, we determined that we had incorrectly accounted for our 
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, which required audit adjusting entries for the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. Our failure 
to detect this error was deemed to be a deficiency in internal control and this deficiency was considered to be a material weakness. To address 
this situation, our independent registered public accounting firm recommended that the Company emphasize the importance of thoroughly 
researching all new accounting policies and revisiting accounting policies set for existing transactions when changes in the business or reporting 
requirements occur or are expected to occur. To prevent issues like these in the future, we have bolstered our technical accounting expertise and, 
where appropriate, engaged outside consultants with specialized knowledge.  

Our management may conclude that our internal control over our financial reporting is not effective. We have limited accounting 

personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. If we fail to timely achieve and maintain the adequacy 
of our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce reliable financial reports or help prevent fraud. Our failure to 
achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could prevent us from filing our periodic reports on a timely basis, which 
could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, harm our business and negatively impact the trading 
price of our common stock.  

We are required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent 

registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to 
Section 404 until such time that we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we continue to take advantage 
of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse 
in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable 
us to avoid a material weakness in the future.  

Litigation may result in substantial costs of defense, damages or settlement, any of which could subject us to significant costs and expenses.  

We are party to lawsuits in the normal course of business, particularly in connection with our student loan recovery services. For 

example, we are regularly subject to claims that we have violated the guidelines and procedures that must be followed under federal and state 
laws in communicating with consumer debtors. We may not ultimately prevail or otherwise be able to satisfactorily resolve any pending or 
future litigation, which may result in substantial costs of defense, damages or settlement. In the future, we may be required to alter our business 
practices or pay substantial damages or settlement costs as a result of litigation proceedings, which could adversely affect our business 
operations and results of operations.  

We typically face a long period to implement a new contract which may cause us to incur expenses before we receive revenues from new 
client relationships.  

If we are successful in obtaining an engagement with a new client or a new contract with an existing client, we typically have a 
subsequent long implementation period in which the services are planned in detail and we integrate our technology, processes and resources with 
the client’s operations. If we enter into a contract with a new client, we typically will not receive revenues until implementation is completed and 
work under the contract actually begins. Our clients may also experience delays in obtaining approvals or delays associated with technology or 
system implementations, such as the delays experienced with the implementation of our RAC contract with CMS due to an appeal by 
competitors who were unsuccessful in bidding on the contract. Because we generally begin to hire new employees to provide services to a new 
client once a contract is signed, we may incur significant expenses associated with these additional hires before we receive corresponding 
revenues under any such new contract. If we are not successful in maintaining contractual commitments after the expenses we incur during our 
typically long implementation cycle, our results of operations could be adversely affected.  

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur 
significant costs to enforce our rights.  

23  

 
 
Table of Contents  

The success of our business depends in part upon our proprietary technology platform. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, 
trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as on confidentiality procedures and non-compete agreements, to establish and protect our proprietary 
technology rights. The steps we have taken to deter misappropriation of our proprietary technology may be insufficient to protect our proprietary 
information. In particular, we may not be able to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information adequately. Although 
we use reasonable efforts to protect this proprietary information and technology, our employees, consultants and other parties may 
unintentionally or willfully disclose our information or technology to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is 
using any of our proprietary information or technology is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. We rely, in part, on 
non-disclosure, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and other parties to protect our trade 
secrets, know-how and other intellectual property and proprietary information. These agreements may not be self-executing, or they may be 
breached and we may not have adequate remedies for such breach. Moreover, third parties may independently develop similar or equivalent 
proprietary information or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information. Any infringement, 
misappropriation or other violation of our patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property rights could adversely 
affect any competitive advantage we currently derive or may derive from our proprietary technology platform and we may incur significant costs 
associated with litigation that may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights.  

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property could force us to incur significant costs or revise the way we conduct our 
business.  

Our competitors protect their proprietary rights by means of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual 
property. Any party asserting that we infringe, misappropriate or violate their intellectual property rights may force us to defend ourselves, and 
potentially our clients, against the alleged claim. These claims and any resulting lawsuit, if successful, could be time-consuming and expensive 
to defend, subject us to significant liability for damages or invalidation of our proprietary rights, prevent us from operating all or a portion of our 
business or force us to redesign our services or technology platform or cause an interruption or cessation of our business operations, any of 
which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, any litigation relating to the infringement of intellectual property 
rights could harm our relationships with current and prospective clients. The risk of such claims and lawsuits could increase if we increase the 
size and scope of our services in our existing markets or expand into new markets.  

We may make acquisitions that prove unsuccessful, strain or divert our resources and harm our results of operations and stock price.  

We may consider acquisitions of other companies in our industry or in new markets. We may not be able to successfully complete any 

such acquisition and, if completed, any such acquisition may fail to achieve the intended financial results. We may not be able to successfully 
integrate any acquired businesses with our own and we may be unable to maintain our standards, controls and policies. Further, acquisitions may 
place additional constraints on our resources by diverting the attention of our management from other business concerns. Moreover, any 
acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt and amortization of expenses 
related to intangible assets, all of which could adversely affect our results of operations and stock price.  

The price of our common stock could be volatile, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the public offering price.  

Since our initial public offering in August 2012, the price of our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ Global Select Market, has 

ranged from a low sales price of $3.65 on January 29, 2015 to a high sales price of $14.09 on March 4, 2013. The trading price of our common 
stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including: quarterly fluctuations in our operating results; the financial projections we may 
provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections; changes in investors’ and analysts’ perception of 
the business risks and conditions of our business; our ability to meet the earnings estimates and other performance expectations of financial 
analysts or investors; unfavorable commentary or downgrades of our stock by equity research analysts; changes in our capital structure, such as 
future issuances of debt or equity securities; lawsuits threatened or filed against us; strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as 
acquisitions or restructurings; new legislation or regulatory actions; changes in our relationship with any of our significant clients; fluctuations in 
the stock prices of our peer companies or in stock markets in general; and general economic conditions.  

Our significant stockholders have the ability to influence significant corporate activities and our significant stockholders' interests may not 
coincide with yours.  

Parthenon Capital Partners and Invesco Ltd. beneficially owned approximately 27.4% and 19.9% of our common stock, respectively, as 

of December 31, 2014. As a result of their ownership, Parthenon Capital Partners and Invesco Ltd. have  

24  

 
 
Table of Contents  

the ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and, through our board of directors, the ability to influence 
decision-making with respect to our business direction and policies. Parthenon Capital Partners and Invesco Ltd. may have interests different 
from our other stockholders’ interests, and may vote in a manner adverse to those interests. Matters over which Parthenon Capital Partners and 
Invesco Ltd. can, directly or indirectly, exercise influence include:  

•   mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our stockholders 

receiving a premium price for their shares;  

•   other acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets; 

•  

•  

•  

incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities; 

repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and 

the issuance of shares to management under our equity incentive plans. 

In addition, Parthenon Capital Partners has a contractual right to designate a number of directors proportionate to its stock ownership. 
Further, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Parthenon Capital Partners does not have any obligation to present to us, 
and Parthenon Capital Partners may separately pursue, corporate opportunities of which it becomes aware, even if those opportunities are ones 
that we would have pursued if granted the opportunity.  

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may 
find beneficial.  

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of 

rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents 
include the following provisions: establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time; 
providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause; authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with 
voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock; limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business 
before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting; limiting our ability to engage in certain business combinations 
with any “interested stockholder,” other than Parthenon Capital Partners, for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became 
an interested stockholder; requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for 
nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors; requiring a super majority vote for certain amendments to our amended and 
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws; and limiting the determination of the number of directors on our board of 
directors and the filling of vacancies or newly created seats on the board, to our board of directors then in office. These provisions, alone or 
together, could have the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium 
for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.  

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

None.  

ITEM 2.    Properties  

Facilities  

As of December 31, 2014, we operated six separate office locations throughout the United States. The largest of these facilities is in 

Livermore, California and serves as our corporate headquarters, as well as a data center and production location. Our Livermore facility is 
comprised of approximately 50,291 square feet of space and has a lease expiration of October 2021. We also lease production centers in 
California, Oregon, Florida and Texas and own a production/data center in Oregon.  

We believe that our facilities are adequate for current operations and that additional space will be available as required. See note (6) to 
our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding our lease obligations.  

ITEM 3.    Legal Proceedings  

We are involved in various legal proceedings that arise from our normal business operations. These actions generally derive from our 
student loan recovery services, and generally assert claims for violations of the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act or similar federal and state 
consumer credit laws. While litigation is inherently unpredictable, we believe that none of these legal proceedings, individually or collectively, 
will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or our results of operations.  

25  

 
   
 
 
Table of Contents  

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures  

Not applicable.  

PART II  

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

Market For Our Common Equity  

Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PFMT” on August 10, 2012. Prior to that, 

there was no public market for our common stock. The table sets forth, for the periods indicated below, the high and low sales prices per share of 
our common stock as reported by NASDAQ since August 10, 2012.  

2012  
Third Quarter (beginning August 10, 2012)  
Fourth Quarter  
2013  
First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
2014  
First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  

High  
12.18  
11.84  

14.09  
13.26  
12.01  
11.02  

11.56  
10.32  
10.97  
9.02  

Low  
9.20  
7.55  

10.06  
9.25  
10.27  
9.26  

7.11  
8.10  
8.04  
5.95  

On March 12, 2015, the closing price as reported by NASDAQ of our common stock was $3.90 per share.  

Stockholders  

As of December 31, 2014 , we had approximately 10 holders of record of our common stock.  

Dividends  

Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock. Our credit agreement contains a 

covenant prohibiting the payment of cash dividends.  

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans  

Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans can be found under Item 12 of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

None.  

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data  

The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , and the selected consolidated statements of operations 

data for each year ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are 
included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the selected 
consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated 
financial statements not included in this annual  

26  

 
   
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

report. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. You should read the following selected consolidated historical financial 
data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and 
the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected 
consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the 
consolidated financial statements and related notes and schedule included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:  
Revenues  
Operating expenses:  

Salaries and benefits  
Other operating expense  
Impairment of trade name  

Total operating expenses  

Income from operations  
Debt extinguishment costs (1)  
Interest expense  
Interest income  

Income before provision for income taxes  

Provision for income taxes  

Net income  

Accrual for preferred stock dividends  
Net income available to common shareholders  

Net income per share attributable to common 
shareholders (2)  
Basic  

Diluted  

Weighted average shares (in thousands)  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

2011  

2010  

(in thousands)  

$ 

195,378     $ 

255,302     $ 

210,073     $ 

162,974     $ 

123,519  

93,676     
74,433     
—    
168,109     
27,269     
—    
(10,171 )    
1     
17,099     
7,699     
9,400     
—    
9,400     $ 

96,762     
85,671     
—    
182,433     
72,869     
—    
(11,564 )    
1     
61,306     
24,967     
36,339     
—    
36,339     $ 

83,002     
71,305     
—    
154,307     
55,766     
(3,679 )    
(12,414 )    
64     
39,737     
16,786     
22,951     
2,038     
20,913     $ 

67,082     
49,199     
13,400     
129,681     
33,293     
—    
(13,530 )    
125     
19,888     
7,516     
12,372     
6,495     
5,877     $ 

0.19     $ 
0.19     $ 

0.77     $ 
0.74     $ 

0.48     $ 
0.44     $ 

0.14     $ 
0.13     $ 

58,113  
33,655  
— 
91,768  
31,751  
— 
(15,230 ) 
118  
16,639  
6,664  
9,975  
5,771  
4,204  

0.10  
0.09  

42,962  
45,019  

Basic  

Diluted  

48,816     
49,834     

47,492     
49,386     

43,985     
47,599     

42,962     
45,742     

(1)   Represents debt extinguishment costs comprised of approximately $3.3 million of fees paid to lenders in connection with our new 
credit facility and approximately $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with our old credit facility.  

(2)   Please see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income 

per share of common stock.  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Total assets  
Total debt  
Total liabilities  
Redeemable preferred stock  
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity  

2014  

2013  

2012  

2011  

2010  

(in thousands)  

As of December 31,  

$ 

80,298     $ 
262,829     
111,795     
171,657     
—    
91,172     

81,909     $ 
257,260     
133,304     
183,026     
—    
74,234     

37,843     $ 
211,745     
147,769     
187,672     
—    
24,073     

20,004     $ 
182,299     
103,383     
139,756     
58,248     
(15,705 )    

11,078  
181,390  
117,331  
151,231  
51,753  
(21,594 ) 

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

27  

 
 
   
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
     
     
     
     
Table of Contents  

Overview  

We provide technology-enabled recovery and related analytics services in the United States. Our services help identify and recover 

delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments for both government and private clients in a broad range of markets. Our clients typically 
operate in complex and regulated environments and outsource their recovery needs in order to reduce losses on billions of dollars of defaulted 
student loans, improper healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury and other receivables. We generally provide our 
services on an outsourced basis, where we handle many or all aspects of our clients’ recovery processes.  

Our revenue model is generally success-based as we earn fees on the aggregate amount of funds that we enable our clients to recover. 
Our services do not require any significant upfront investments by our clients and offer our clients the opportunity to recover significant funds 
otherwise lost. Because our model is based upon the success of our efforts and the dollars we enable our clients to recover, our business 
objectives are aligned with those of our clients and we are generally not reliant on their spending budgets. Furthermore, our business model does 
not require significant capital expenditures and we do not purchase loans or obligations.  

Recent Developments  

On January 28, 2015, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with Premier Healthcare 
Exchange, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PHX”), pursuant to which, PHX would become our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary. The Merger 
Agreement contains customary closing conditions, including completion of a financing by us to fund the consideration payable under the terms 
of the Merger Agreement.  The purchase price under the Merger Agreement is approximately $108 million in cash, subject to certain 
adjustments, and certain PHX stockholders will also exchange shares for $22 million of our common stock. We also could be obligated to pay up 
to an additional $19.1 million in cash pursuant to an earnout arrangement based on PHX in revenues in 2015. On January 28, 2015 we 
announced proposed concurrent public offerings of $80 million aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes due 2020  and $50 
million of shares of our common stock to finance the cash portion of the consideration payable under the Merger Agreement. On January 30, 
2015, we announced our decision to withdraw the proposed public offerings of convertible senior notes and common stock. The Merger 
Agreement is currently terminable by either us or PHX without penalty, except that we are obligated to pay an expense termination fee of 
$750,000 in the event the merger is not completed due to our failure to complete the required financing of the consideration payable under the 
Merger Agreement.  

Sources of Revenues  

We derive our revenues from services for clients in a variety of different markets. These markets include our two largest markets, 

student lending and healthcare, as well as our other markets which include but are not limited to delinquent state taxes and federal Treasury and 
other receivables.  

Student Lending  
Healthcare  
Other  
Total Revenues  

Student Lending  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  

(in thousands)  

2012  

$ 

$ 

138,275     $ 
32,526     
24,577     
195,378     $ 

163,708     $ 
67,531     
24,063     
255,302     $ 

132,445  
54,747  
22,881  
210,073  

We derive the majority of our revenues from the recovery of student loans. These revenues are contract-based and consist primarily of 

contingency fees based on a specified percentage of the amount we enable our clients to recover. Our contingency fee percentage for a particular 
recovery depends on the type of recovery facilitated. We also receive incremental performance incentives based upon our performance as 
compared to other contractors with the Department of Education, which are comprised of additional inventory allocation volumes and incentive 
fees. We are currently subject to a competitive rebidding process for the next contract with the Department of Education. We understand that 
five other recovery service providers under the current contract have recently received notice from the Department of Education stating an 
intention to extend their existing contracts past April 2015, which is the expiration date for the current contract. To date, we have not received 
notice of any such extension from the Department of Education and we are unsure whether we will be provided any such  extension of our 
current contract or when the new contracts will be awarded. We do not believe the Department of Education has completed the current contract 
extension process. However, due to the timing of the rehabilitation process for loans placed with us by the Department of Education, we expect 
there will be a minimal impact on our revenues in 2015 if we  

28  

 
 
   
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

do not receive an extension of our current contract. Despite notice of their intent to extend the current contract for five recovery service 
providers, we believe the Department of Education is not permitted to selectively extend the contract for individual recovery service providers.  

We believe the size and the composition of our student loan inventory at any point provides us with a significant degree of revenue 
visibility for our student loan revenues. Based on data compiled from over two decades of experience with the recovery of defaulted student 
loans, at the time we receive a placement of student loans, we are able to make a reasonably accurate estimate of the recovery outcomes likely to 
be derived from such placement and the revenues we are likely able to generate based on the anticipated recovery outcomes.  

There are five potential outcomes to the student loan recovery process from which we generate revenues. These outcomes include: full 

repayment, recurring payments, rehabilitation, loan restructuring and wage garnishment. Of these five potential outcomes, our ability to 
rehabilitate defaulted student loans is the most significant component of our revenues in this market. Generally, a loan is considered successfully 
rehabilitated after the student loan borrower has made nine consecutive qualifying monthly payments and our client has notified us that it is 
recalling the loan. Once we have structured and implemented a repayment program for a defaulted borrower, we (i) earn a percentage of each 
periodic payment collected up to and including the final periodic payment prior to the loan being considered “rehabilitated” by our clients, and 
(ii) if the loan is “rehabilitated,” then we are paid a one-time percentage of the total amount of the remaining unpaid balance. As stated above, 
effective July 2015, our contract with the Department of Education will provide for a fixed fee of $1,710 for each rehabilitated loan. The fees we 
are paid vary by recovery outcome as well as by contract. For non-government-supported student loans we are generally only paid contingency 
fees on two outcomes: full repayment or recurring repayments. The table below describes our typical fee structure for each of these five 
outcomes.  

Student Loan Recovery Outcomes  

Full Repayment  
•    Repayment in full of the 
loan  

Recurring Payments  
•    Regular structured 
payments, typically 
according to a 
renegotiated payment plan  

Rehabilitation  
•    After a defaulted 
borrower has made nine 
consecutive recurring 
payments, the loan is 
eligible for rehabilitation  

Loan Restructuring  

•    Restructure and 
consolidate a number of 
outstanding loans into a 
single loan, typically with 
one monthly payment and 
an extended maturity  

•    We are paid a 
percentage of the full 
payment that is made  

•    We are paid a 
percentage of each 
payment  

•    We are paid based on a 
percentage of the overall 
value of the rehabilitated 
loan or for the Department 
of Education, a fixed fee  

•    We are paid based on a 
percentage of overall 
value of the restructured 
loan  

Wage Garnishment  
•    If we are unable to 
obtain voluntary 
repayment, payments may 
be obtained through wage 
garnishment after certain 
administrative 
requirements are met  
•    We are paid a 
percentage of each 
payment  

For certain guaranty agency, or GA, clients, we have entered into Master Service Agreements, or MSAs. Under these agreements, 

clients provide their entire inventory of outsourced loans or receivables to us for recovery on an exclusive basis, rather than just a portion, as 
with traditional contracts that are split among various service providers. In certain circumstances, we engage subcontractors to assist in the 
recovery of a portion of the client’s portfolio. We also receive success fees for the recovery of loans under MSAs and our revenues under MSA 
arrangements include fees earned by the activities of our subcontractors. As of December 31, 2014, we had three MSA clients in the student loan 
market.  

In October 2014, the Department of Education announced a change in the structure for the payment of fees to recovery contractors upon 
rehabilitation of student loans under the existing recovery contract.  The new fee structure provides for a fixed fee of $1,710 for each loan that is 
rehabilitated.  Previously, the fee had been based on a percentage of the principal amount of the rehabilitated loan.  The change to the fee 
structure will be effective for student loans that are rehabilitated on or following July 1, 2015.   

Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, which was signed into law by President Obama on December 26, 2013, reduced the 

compensation paid to GAs for the rehabilitation of student loans, effective July 1, 2014. This “revenue enhancement” measure reduced from 
18.5% to 16.0% of the outstanding loan balance, the amount that GAs can charge borrowers when a rehabilitated loan is sold by the GA and 
eliminated entirely the GAs retention of 18.5% of the outstanding loan balance as a fee for rehabilitation services. The reduction in compensation 
the GAs receive resulted in a decrease in the contingency fee percentage that we receive from the GAs for assisting in the rehabilitation of 
defaulted student loans.  

29  

 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

We expect that our revenues from student lending in 2015 will be approximately 20% lower than in 2014. The fee reductions from the 

Department of Education and the GAs discussed above contribute to this expected decrease. Other contributing factors include an increase in the 
number of student loans eligible for rehabilitation due to income based repayment, which has the effect of reducing the number of loan 
consolidations which have a shorter payment cycle, and continuing delays in the recognition of some revenues due to additional documentation 
requirements for income based repayment first imposed during the third quarter of 2014.  

Healthcare  

We derive revenues from the healthcare market primarily from our RAC contract, under which we are the prime contractor responsible 
for detecting improperly paid Part A and Part B Medicare claims in 12 states in the Northeastern United States. Revenues earned under the RAC 
contract are driven by the identification of improperly paid Medicare claims through both automated and manual review of such claims. We are 
paid contingency fees by CMS based on a percentage of the dollar amount of claims recovered by CMS as a result of our efforts. We recognize 
revenue when the provider pays CMS or incurs an offset against future Medicare claims. The revenues we recognize are net of our estimate of 
claims that will be overturned by appeal following payment by the provider.  

We are currently involved in a competitive rebidding process for four new RAC contracts with CMS. The timing of new RAC contract 

awards remains uncertain. The bidding process has been delayed, at least in part, by pre-award protests and, following the denial of those 
protests, by ongoing litigation. The plaintiffs in the litigation are seeking the elimination of payment terms under the proposed new RAC 
contracts that would prohibit RACs from being compensated for improper claims until a second level of appeal has been exhausted. A decision 
in favor of CMS was subject to appeal in which the appellate court recently remanded the case back to lower court to rule on the merits of the 
case. There is a related injunction barring the award of three of the four new RAC contracts pending resolution of this litigation. A fifth RAC 
contract, which is a new type of RAC contract covering the identification and recovery of improper claims for durable medical equipment, 
prosthetics, orthotics and supplies and home health and hospice claims, was not covered by the injunction and was awarded to another party in 
January 2015. The Company is not a party to this litigation. CMS has stated that the injunction will delay the award of the three contracts until 
the judge’s ruling on the injunction, which is not expected to occur until late summer 2015. It is uncertain whether CMS will award the RAC 
contract not covered by the injunction in the interim period or will wait to award all of the new RAC contracts at the same time.  

In anticipation of the award of new RAC contracts, beginning in 2013 CMS has adopted a series of contract transition procedures that 

have restricted our ability to request medical records for audit, thus adversely affected our revenues under this contract. No records requests were 
permitted in July 2013 and then from November 15, 2013 through year end. In January 2014, records requests were again permitted through 
February 21, 2014 and claim activity was permitted through June 1, 2014, when work under the contract stopped. In addition to these periods of 
suspended activity, the contract transition rules have limited scope of our permitted audit activities as CMS has generally not permitted audits of 
PIP providers and has also placed additional restrictions on the types of claims we are permitted to audit and number of medical records we are 
permitted to request. CMS began to permit claim reviews again in August 2014 for an unspecified period, but has restricted the type of reviews 
and the types of claims subject to audit. CMS also recently announced that it extended our existing RAC contract through December 31, 2015, 
with the same audit limitations continuing during this extended period. CMS has further indicated they may, at their discretion, approve 
additional issues that we will be permitted to review and audit during the RAC contract extension period. Absent a significant change in the 
scope of the permitted audit activities, we expect that our revenues from the RAC contract will be significantly lower in 2015 as compared to 
2014.  

In connection with our RAC contract, CMS has announced a settlement offer to pay hospitals 68% of what they have billed Medicare to 
settle a backlog of pending appeals challenging Medicare's denials of reimbursement for certain types of short-term care. The implication of this 
settlement offer related to claims for which fees have already been paid to recovery auditors under existing RAC contracts is unclear at this time, 
but we may be obligated to repay certain amounts that we previously received from CMS depending on the final terms of any such settlement. 
We accrue an estimated liability for appeals based on the amount of commissions received which are subject to appeal and which we estimate 
are probable of being returned to providers following successful appeal.  The $18.6 million balance as of December 31, 2014, represents our best 
estimate of the probable amount of we may be required to refund related to appeals of claims for which commissions were previously collected. 
We estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could be required to pay an additional amount up to approximately $5.4 million as a result of 
potentially successful appeals in excess of the amount we accrued as of December 31, 2014.  

To accelerate our ability to provide Medicare audit and recovery services across our region following our award of our initial RAC 

contract, we outsourced certain aspects of our healthcare recovery process to three different subcontractors. Two of these subcontractors provide 
a specific service to us in connection with our claims recovery process, and one subcontractor is engaged to provide all of the audit and 
recovery services for claims within a portion of our region. We recognize all of the  

30  

 
 
Table of Contents  

revenues generated by the claims recovered through these subcontractor relationships, and we recognize the fees that we pay to these 
subcontractors in our expenses.  

Our business strategy is focused on utilizing our technology-enabled services platform to provide audit, recovery and analytical services 

for private healthcare payors. We have entered into contracts with several private payors, although these contracts are in the early stage of 
implementation.  

Other  

We also derive revenues from the recovery of delinquent state taxes, and federal Treasury and other receivables, default aversion 
services for certain clients including financial institutions and the licensing of hosted technology solutions to certain clients. For our hosted 
technology services, we license our system and integrate our technology into our clients’ operations, for which we are paid a licensing fee. Our 
revenues for these services include contingency fees, fees based on dedicated headcount to our clients and hosted technology licensing fees.  

Operating Metrics  

We monitor a number of operating metrics in order to evaluate our business and make decisions regarding our corporate strategy. These 

key metrics include Placement Volume, Placement Revenue as a Percentage of Placement Volume, Net Claim Recovery Volume and Claim 
Recovery Fee Rate.  

Student Lending:  
Placement Volume  
Placement Revenue as a percentage of Placement Volume  
Healthcare:  
Net Claim Recovery Volume  
Claim Recovery Fee Rate  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

(dollars in thousands)  

$ 

6,679,403  

  $ 

6,607,485  

  $ 

5,768,945  

2.07 %   

2.48 %   

2.30 % 

$ 

287,829  

  $ 

598,071  

  $ 

482,202  

11.30 %   

11.29 %   

11.35 % 

Placement Volume.  Our Placement Volume represents the dollar volume of defaulted student loans first placed with us during the 

specified period by public and private clients for recovery. Placement Volume allows us to measure and track trends in the amount of inventory 
our clients in the student lending market are placing with us during any period. The revenues associated with the recovery of a portion of these 
loans may be recognized in subsequent accounting periods, which assists management in estimating future revenues and in allocating resources 
necessary to address current Placement Volumes.  

Placement Revenue as a Percentage of Placement Volume.  Placement Revenue as a Percentage of Placement Volume is calculated by 

dividing revenues recognized during the specified period by Placement Volume first placed with us during that same period. This metric is 
subject to some level of variation from period to period based upon certain timing differences including, but not limited to, the timing of 
placements received by us within a period and the fact that a significant portion of revenues recognized in a current period is often generated 
from the Placement Volume received in prior periods. However, we believe that this metric provides a useful indication of the revenues we are 
generating from Placement Volumes on an ongoing basis and provides management with an indication of the relative efficiency of our recovery 
operations from period to period.  

Net Claim Recovery Volume.  Our Net Claim Recovery Volume measures the dollar volume of improper Medicare claims that we have 
recovered for CMS during the applicable period net of any amount that we have reserved to cover appeals by healthcare providers. We are paid 
recovery fees as a percentage of this recovered claim volume. We calculate this metric by dividing our claim recovery revenues by our Claim 
Recovery Fee Rate. This metric shows trends in the volume of improper payments within our region and allows management to measure our 
success in finding these improper payments, over time.  

Claim Recovery Fee Rate.  Our Claim Recovery Fee Rate represents the weighted-average percentage of our fees compared to amounts 

recovered by CMS. This percentage primarily depends on the method of recovery and, in some cases, the type of improper payment that we 
identify. This metric helps management measure the amount of revenues we generate from Net Claim Recovery Volume.  

Costs and Expenses  

31  

 
 
 
   
   
  
  
   
   
     
     
 
   
   
Table of Contents  

We generally report two categories of operating expenses: salaries and benefits and other operating expense. Salaries and benefits 

expenses consist primarily of salaries and performance incentives paid and benefits provided to our employees. Other operating expense includes 
expenses related to our use of subcontractors, other production related expenses, including costs associated with data processing, retrieval of 
medical records, printing and mailing services, amortization and other outside services, as well as general corporate and administrative expenses. 
We expect a significant portion of our expenses to increase as we grow our business. However, we expect certain expenses, including our 
corporate and general administrative expenses, to grow at a slower rate than our revenues. As a result, and over the long term, we expect our 
overall expenses to modestly decline as a percentage of revenues.  

Factors Affecting Our Operating Results  

Our results of operations are influenced by a number of factors, including allocation of placement volume, claim recovery volume, 

contingency fees, regulatory matters, client retention and macroeconomic factors.  

Allocation of Placement Volume  

Our clients have the right to unilaterally set and increase or reduce the volume of defaulted student loans or other receivables that we 

service at any given time. In addition, many of our recovery contracts for student loans and other receivables are not exclusive, with our clients 
retaining multiple service providers to service portions of their portfolios. Accordingly, the number of delinquent student loans or other 
receivables that are placed with us may vary from time to time, which may have a significant effect on the amount and timing of our revenues. 
We believe the major factors that influence the number of placements we receive from our clients in the student loan market include our 
performance under our existing contracts and our ability to perform well against competitors for a particular client. To the extent that we perform 
well under our existing contracts and differentiate our services from those of our competitors, we may receive a relatively greater number of 
placements under these existing contracts and may improve our ability to obtain future contracts from these clients and other potential clients. 
Further, delays in placement volume, as well as acceleration of placement volume, from any of our large clients may cause our revenues and 
operating results to vary from quarter to quarter.  

Typically we are able to anticipate with reasonable accuracy the timing and volume of placements of defaulted student loans and other 

receivables based on historical patterns and regular communication with our clients. Occasionally, however, placements are delayed due to 
factors outside of our control. For example, a technology system upgrade at the Department of Education significantly decreased the volume of 
student loan placements by the Department of Education to all recovery vendors, including us. While we and the other recovery vendors received 
substantially larger placement volume in the fourth quarter of 2012 as a result of the completion of this technology system upgrade, the majority 
of the revenues from these placements were not recognized until the third quarter of 2013 because we do not begin to earn rehabilitation 
revenues from a given placement until at least nine months after receipt of a placement. In addition, for approximately twelve months beginning 
in September 2011, the Department of Education was not able to process a portion of rehabilitated student loans and accordingly we were not 
able to recognize certain revenues associated with rehabilitation of loans for this client. However, the Department of Education continued to pay 
us based on invoices submitted and we recorded these cash receipts as deferred revenues on our balance sheet.  

Claim Recovery Volume  

While we are entitled to review Medicare records for all Part A and Part B claims in our region, we are not permitted to identify an 
improper claim unless that particular type of claim has been pre-approved by CMS to ensure compliance with applicable Medicare payment 
policies, as well as national and local coverage determinations. The growth of our revenues is determined primarily by the aggregate volume of 
Medicare claims in our region and our ability to identify improper payments within these claims. However, the long-term growth of these 
revenues will also be affected by the scope of the issues pre-approved by CMS.  

CMS has made changes to the permitted audit scope during the course of the RAC contract that have had a significant effect on our 
revenues. For example, in September 2013, CMS announced that beginning October 1, 2013, we and the other RAC contractors would not be 
able to review and audit (i) whether inpatient care delivered to patients with hospital stays lasting less than two midnights was medically 
necessary and therefore deserving of the higher reimbursement levels under Medicare Part A or (ii) whether inpatient treatment was medically 
necessary for admissions spanning more than two midnights. In connection with these restrictions, hospitals cannot bill CMS for inpatient 
services on hospital stays lasting less than two midnights. Fees associated with recoveries initiated by us based upon improper claims for 
inpatient reimbursement of these short stays had represented a substantial portion of the revenues we have earned under our existing RAC 
contract. The continued suspension of this type of review activity or restrictions on other types of review activities could have a material adverse 
effect on our healthcare revenues and operating results.  

32  

 
 
Table of Contents  

In addition, in planning for the award of the next RAC contracts, CMS has implemented transition procedures that have significantly 

affected our operations during the transition period by placing restrictions on the types of claims and the amount of certain medical records 
requests that we may make during the transition period, and by suspending records requests during other periods.  

Contingency Fees  

Our revenues consist primarily of contract-based contingency fees. The contingency fee percentages that we earn are set by our clients 
or agreed upon during the bid process, and may change from time to time either under the terms of existing contracts or pursuant to the terms of 
contract renewals. For example, the fees that we earn under our contractual arrangement with the Department of Education have been subject to 
unilateral change by the Department of Education as a result of the Department of Education’s decision to have its recovery vendors promote 
IBR to defaulted student loans. The IBR program provides flexibility on the required monthly payment for student loan borrowers at an amount 
intended to be affordable based on a borrower’s income and family size. As a result of the increased application of the IBR program to defaulted 
student loans, we expect that there will be an increase in the number of loans that become eligible for rehabilitation because more defaulted 
student loan borrowers will be able to make qualifying payments. In connection with the implementation of the IBR program, the Department of 
Education initially reduced the contingency fee rate that we receive for rehabilitating student loans by approximately 13% effective March 1, 
2013.  

Further, in October 2014, the Department of Education announced a change to a fixed fee of $1,710 payable for each loan that is 

rehabilitated in place of a recovery fee that historically had been based on a percentage of the balance of the rehabilitated loan.   

Regulatory Matters  

Each of the markets which we serve is highly regulated. Accordingly, changes in regulations that affect the types of loans, receivables 
and claims that we are able to service or the manner in which any such delinquent loans, receivables and claims can be recovered will affect our 
revenues and results of operations. For example, the passage of the Student Aid and Fiscal Responsibility Act, or SAFRA, in 2010 had the effect 
of transferring the origination of all government-supported student loans to the Department of Education, thereby ending all student loan 
originations guaranteed by the GAs. Loans guaranteed by the GAs represented approximately 70% of government-supported student loans 
originated in 2009. While the GAs will continue to service existing outstanding student loans for years to come, this legislation will over time 
shift the portfolio of student loans that we manage toward the Department of Education, and further concentrate our sources of revenues and 
increase our reliance on our relationship with the Department of Education. In addition, our entry into the healthcare market was facilitated by 
passage of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, which mandated CMS to contract with private firms to audit Medicare claims in an effort 
to increase the recovery of improper Medicare payments. Any changes to the regulations that affect the student loan industry or the recovery of 
defaulted student loans or the Medicare program generally or the audit and recovery of Medicare claims could have a significant impact on our 
revenues and results of operations.  

Client Retention  

Our revenues from the student loan market depend on our ability to maintain our contracts with some of the largest providers of student 
loans. In 2014 and 2013, three providers of student loans each accounted for more than 10% of our revenues and they collectively accounted for 
55% and 49%, respectively of our total revenues during such periods. Our contract with the Department of Education, which generated 27.2% of 
our revenues in 2014, is currently the subject to a competitive bidding process. Our contracts with these clients entitle them to unilaterally 
terminate their contractual relationship with us at any time without penalty. If we lose one of our significant clients, including if one of our 
significant clients is consolidated by an entity that does not use our services, if the terms of compensation for our services change or if there is a 
reduction in the level of placements provided by any of these clients, our revenues could decline.  

Our contract with CMS for the recovery of improper Medicare payments began generating significant revenues during 2011 and 
represented 14.9% and 26.2% of our total revenues for the year, ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Our audit work 
under our existing RAC contract expired in June 2014, but we have been permitted to resume certain audit work with respect to a limited number 
of claims pursuant to a contract extension that runs through December 31, 2015. We are currently participating in a competitive bidding process 
for the next RAC contract. The award of the new RAC contracts has been delayed due in part to a bid protest followed by a lawsuit and a 
subsequent appeal process which is still underway. Pending a decision on appeal, the contract award process has been enjoined. While we 
believe our performance under the existing agreement and the experience we have gained in performing this contract position us well to renew 
the agreement, failure to renew the agreement or renewal on substantially less favorable terms could significantly harm our revenues and results 
of operations.  

33  

 
 
Table of Contents  

Macroeconomic Factors  

Certain macroeconomic factors influence our business and results of operations. These include the increasing volume of student loan 

originations in the U.S. as a result of increased tuition costs and student enrollment, the default rate of student loan borrowers, the growth in 
Medicare expenditures resulting from increasing healthcare costs, as well as the fiscal budget tightening of federal, state and local governments 
as a result of general economic weakness and lower tax revenues.  

Critical Accounting Policies  

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or 

GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various 
other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different 
accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period-to-period. 
Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are material 
differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future 
performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.  

Revenue Recognition  

The majority of our contracts are contingency fee based. We recognize revenues on these contingency fee based contracts when third-

party payors remit payments to our clients or remit payments to us on behalf of our clients, and, consequently, the contingency is deemed to have 
been satisfied. Under our RAC contract with CMS, we recognize revenues when the healthcare provider has paid CMS for a claim or has agreed 
to an offset against other claims by the provider. Healthcare providers have the right to appeal a claim and may pursue additional level of appeals 
if the initial appeal is found in favor of CMS. We accrue an estimated liability for appeals at the time revenue is recognized based on our 
estimate of the amount of revenue probable of being returned to CMS following successful appeal based on historical data and other trends 
relating to such appeals. In addition, if our estimate of liability for appeals with respect to revenues recognized during a prior period changes, we 
increase or decrease the estimated liability for appeals in the current period.  

This estimated liability for appeals is an offset to revenues on our income statement. Resolution of appeals can take a very long time to 

resolve and there is a significant backlog in the system for resolving appeals, as over the course of our existing RAC contract, healthcare 
providers have increased their pursuit of appeals beyond the first and second levels of appeals to the third level of appeal, where cases are heard 
by administrative law judges, or ALJs. In our experience, decisions at the third level of appeal are the least favorable as ALJs exercise greater 
discretion and there is less predictability in the ALJ decisions as compared to appeals at the first or second levels. This increase of ALJ appeals 
and backlog of claims at the third level of appeal is the primary reason our total estimated liability for appeals (consisting of the estimated 
liability for appeals plus the contra-accounts-receivable estimated allowance for appeals) has grown from a balance of $5.6 million at December 
31, 2012, to $16.4 million at December 31, 2013 to $18.6 million as of December 31, 2014. The balance of the estimated liability for appeals 
was also increased because during 2014 we observed an increase in the percentage of appeals that are being found in providers’ favor at the ALJ 
level.  

The $18.6 million balance as of December 31, 2014, represents our best estimate of the probable amount of losses related to appeals of 

claims for which commissions were previously collected. We estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could be required to pay up to an 
additional approximately $5.4 million as a result of potentially successful appeals. To the extent that required payments by us related to 
successful appeals exceed the amount accrued, revenues in the applicable period would be reduced by the amount of the excess.  

Goodwill  

We periodically review the carrying value of intangible assets not subject to amortization, including goodwill, to determine whether an 

impairment may exist. GAAP requires that goodwill and certain intangible assets not subject to amortization be assessed annually for 
impairment using fair value measurement techniques.  

We assess goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31 of each year or more frequently if an event occurs or changes 
in circumstances would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We have the option to perform a 
qualitative assessment to determine if an impairment is more likely than not to have occurred. If we can support the conclusion that it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then we would not need to perform the two-step 
impairment test. If we cannot support such a conclusion, or we do not elect to perform the qualitative assessment, then the first step of the 
goodwill impairment test is used to identify  

34  

 
 
Table of Contents  

potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company performed a 
qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that goodwill fair value is less than its carrying amount for 2014 , 2013 and 2012 and 
concluded that there was no need to perform an impairment test.  

Impairments of Depreciable Intangible Assets  

The balance of depreciable intangible assets was $29.1 million as of December 31, 2014 . We evaluate depreciable intangible assets for 

impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Depreciable 
intangible assets consist of client contracts and related relationships, and are being amortized over their estimated useful life, which is generally 
20 years. We evaluate the client contracts intangible at the individual contract level. The recoverability of such assets is measured by a 
comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are 
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the 
fair value of the assets. There was no impairment expense for depreciable intangible assets in 2014 , 2013 or 2012 .  

Results of Operations  

Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013  

The following table represents our historical operating results for the periods presented:  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:  
Revenues  
Operating expenses:  

Salaries and benefits  
Other operating expense  

Total operating expenses  

Income from operations  

Interest expense  
Interest income  

Income before provision for income taxes  

Provision for income taxes  

Net income  

Revenues  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  

$ Change  

   % Change  

(in thousands)  

$ 

195,378     $ 

255,302     $ 

(59,924 )   

93,676     
74,433     
168,109     
27,269     
(10,171 )   
1     
17,099     
7,699     
9,400     $ 

96,762     
85,671     
182,433     
72,869     
(11,564 )   
1     
61,306     
24,967     
36,339     $ 

(3,086 )   
(11,238 )   
(14,324 )   
(45,600 )   
1,393     
—    
(44,207 )   
(17,268 )   
(26,939 )   

$ 

(23 )% 

(3 )% 
(13 )% 
(8 )% 
(63 )% 
(12 )% 
— % 
(72 )% 
(69 )% 
(74 )% 

Total revenues were $195.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $59.9 million or 23%, compared to total 

revenues of $255.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease is due to a decline in revenues in both our student lending and 
healthcare markets.  

Student lending revenues were $138.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $25.4 million, or 16%, 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to lower rehabilitation fees paid to us by our guaranty agency 
clients a result of the reduction that guaranty agencies can charge borrowers due to the Federal budget act that became effective July 1,2014, and 
to new documentation requirements imposed by our guaranty agency clients as they implemented income-based repayment programs. The new 
documentation requirements require additional time and interaction with borrowers, which delayed some loans from qualifying for rehabilitation 
during 2014.  

Healthcare revenues were $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $35.0 million, or 52%, 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was due primarily to reduced audit activity in 2014 as the result of the wind-
down of our current RAC contract, resulting in substantially reduced levels of permitted healthcare audit and recovery activities.  

Salaries and Benefits  

35  

 
 
 
   
     
     
   
  
  
   
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Salaries and benefits expense was $93.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $3.1 million, or 3%, compared to 

salaries and benefits expense of $96.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in salaries and benefits expense was 
primarily due to lower bonus expense.  

Other Operating Expense  

Other operating expense was $74.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $11.2 million, or 13%, compared to 

other operating expense of $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in other operating expenses was primarily due to 
lower third party collection fees and lower communication and postage expense resulting from the wind-down of our current RAC contract.  

Income from Operations  

As a result of the factors described above, income from operations was $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared 

to $72.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing a decrease of $45.6 million, or 63%.  

Interest Expense  

Interest expense was $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 

2013, representing a decrease of 12%. Interest expense decreased due to repayments of principal under our credit agreement, resulting in a lower 
outstanding balance during 2014.  

Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $25.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013, representing a decrease of 69%, consistent with the decrease in income before provision for income taxes in 2014. Our 
effective income tax rate increased to 45% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 41% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase 
in the effective tax rate is primarily the result of an approximately 5.5% increase in the state tax rate. The 2013 effective tax rate includes a one-
time tax expense due to the non-deductible expenses associated with the follow on offerings of approximately 1.7%.  

Net Income  

As a result of the factors described above, net income was $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which representing a 

decrease of $26.9 million compared to net income of $36.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012  

The following table presents our historical operating results for the periods presented:  

36  

 
 
Table of Contents  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:  
Revenues  
Operating expenses:  

Salaries and benefits  
Other operating expense  

Total operating expenses  

Income from operations  

Debt extinguishment costs  
Interest expense  
Interest income  

Income before provision for income taxes  

Provision for income taxes  

Net income  

Accrual for preferred stock dividends  
Net income available to common shareholders  

$ 

Revenues  

Year Ended December 31,  

2013  

2012  

$ Change  

% Change  

(in thousands)  

$ 

255,302     $ 

210,073     $ 

45,229     

96,762     
85,671     
182,433     
72,869     
—    
(11,564 )   
1     
61,306     
24,967     
36,339     
—    
36,339     $ 

83,002     
71,305     
154,307     
55,766     
(3,679 )   
(12,414 )   
64     
39,737     
16,786     
22,951     
2,038     
20,913     $ 

13,760     
14,366     
28,126     
17,103     
3,679     
850     
(63 )   
21,569     
8,181     
13,388     
(2,038 )   
15,426     

22  % 

17  % 
20  % 
18  % 
31  % 
(100 )% 
(7 )% 
(98 )% 
54  % 
49  % 
58  % 
(100 )% 
74  % 

Total revenues were $255.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $45.2 million or 22%, compared to total 

revenues of $210.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is due to growth in revenues in both our student lending and 
healthcare markets.  

Student lending revenues were $163.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing an increase of $31.3 million, or 

24%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily a result of volume growth of student loan placements during 
the second half of 2012, which led to an increase in rehabilitation revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, and continued execution on a 
contract involving a specialized portfolio of student loans with one of our leading GA clients.  

Healthcare revenues were $67.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing an increase of $12.8 million, or 23%, 

compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily a result of higher net claim recovery volume under our RAC 
contract.  

Salaries and Benefits  

Salaries and benefits expense was $96.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $13.8 million, or 17%, compared 

to salaries and benefits expense of $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily due to an increase in 
employee headcount to support operational growth related to the recovery of student loans.  

Other Operating Expense  

Other operating expense was $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $14.4 million, or 20%, compared to 
other operating expense of $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily due to increased costs related to our 
use of subcontractors and consultants, production related expenses associated with data processing, retrieval of medical records, printing and 
mailing services, and higher spending on professional services related to operating as a public company.  

Income from Operations  

As a result of the factors described above, income from operations was $72.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared 

to $55.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing an increase of $17.1 million, or 31%.  

Debt Extinguishment Costs  

37  

 
 
 
   
     
     
   
  
  
  
   
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

We did not incur any debt extinguishment costs for the year ended December 31, 2013. In March 2012, we incurred debt 

extinguishment costs of $3.7 million in connection with a new credit facility.  

Interest Expense  

Interest expense was $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 
2012, representing a decrease of 7%. Interest expense decreased due to repayments of principal under our credit agreement, resulting in a lower 
outstanding balance during 2013.  

Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $16.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2012, representing an increase of 48.7% consistent with the increase in income before provision for income taxes. Our effective 
income tax rate decreased to 40.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 42.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in 
the effective tax rate is the result of approximately 0.7% decrease due to changes in the state tax rate, and approximately 1% decrease due to 
income tax benefits associated with increases in stock options exercises as a result of two follow on offerings during the year, and the end of the 
lock-up periods for certain employees. These decreases were offset by approximately a 1.7% increase as a result of the non-deductible expenses 
associated with the follow on offerings. The 2012 effective tax rate includes a one-time tax expense due to the non-deductible termination of an 
advisory services agreement of approximately 1.9%.  

Net Income  

As a result of the factors described above, net income was $36.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which represented an 

increase of $13.4 million compared to net income of $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, term loans, and the proceeds received from our initial public offering 

in August 2012. Cash and cash equivalents, which totaled $80.3 million as of December 31, 2014 , consist primarily of cash on deposit with 
banks. We expect that operating cash flows will continue to be a primary source of liquidity for our operating needs. There are currently no 
borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility other than a $2.0 million letters of credit. Due to our operating cash flows, and our 
existing cash and cash equivalents, we believe that we have the ability to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for the 
foreseeable future.  

The $1.6 million decrease in the balance of our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2014 compared with December 31, 2013 

was primarily due to cash generated from operations of $27.9 million during 2014, offset by principal repayments of $21.5 million on our long-
term debt and $10.1 million of capital expenditures.  

The following table presents information regarding our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 :  

Net cash provided by operating activities  
Net cash used in investing activities  
Net cash used in financing activities  

Cash flows from operating activities  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  
(in thousands)  

2012  

$ 

27,866     $ 
(10,146 )    
(19,331 )    

61,206     $ 
(12,503 )    
(4,637 )    

37,005  
(12,193 ) 
(6,973 ) 

Operating activities provided $27.9 million of cash during the year ended December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $33.3 million, 

compared to cash provided by operating activities of $61.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to a reduction of net 
income to $9.4 million in 2014, an increase in net payable to client of $12.1 million, collection of trade receivables of $4.6 million and an 
increase in the estimated liability for appeals of $3.3 million associated with our RAC contract with CMS. These items were partially offset by 
various working capital fluctuations such as an increase in other prepaid expenses and a decrease in accrued salaries and benefits.  

Operating activities provided $61.2 million of cash during the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $24.2  

38  

 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

million, compared to cash provided by operating activities of $37.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily  
due to net income of $36.3 million, an increase in the estimated liability for appeals of $10.9 million associated with our RAC  
contract with CMS, collection of trade receivables of $3.4 million, and an increase in accrued salaries and benefits of $2.5  
million. These items were partially offset by various working capital fluctuations such as a decrease in other current liabilities  
and deferred revenue. The estimated liability for appeals for revenue associated with CMS totaled $15.3 million in 2013,  
compared $4.4 million in 2012, due to higher claim recovery volumes under our RAC contract with CMS.  

Operating activities provided $37. 0 million of cash during the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $8.0 million, compared to 

cash provided by operating activities of $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to the increase in net income for the 
year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.0 million compared to $12.4 million for 2011. Cash used to pay accrued salary and benefits totaled $9.3 
million in 2012, as compared to the $7.1 million in accrued salaries and benefits payable for the comparable period in 2011. Accounts payable 
increased $1.3 million in 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to timing. The estimated liability for appeals for revenue received from CMS 
totaled $4.4 million in 2012, compared $0.5 million in 2011, due to the increase of appeals brought by healthcare providers and the overall 
backlog of claims subject to appeals under our RAC contract with CMS.  

Cash flows from investing activities  

We used $10.1 million and $12.5 million of cash in investment activities for the purchase of property, equipment and leasehold 

improvements during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, primarily for investments in information technology, data 
storage, hardware, telecommunication systems and security enhancements to our proprietary software.  

Investing activities resulted in cash outflow of $12.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The primary uses of cash 

associated with investing activities in 2012 were $11.4 million for property, equipment and leasehold improvements, to enhance our proprietary 
technology platform, improve our telecommunications systems, upgrade our IT infrastructure for storage and operating activities, and $0.8 
million for the purchase of a perpetual software license.  

Cash flows from financing activities  

Cash used in financing activities of $19.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the repayment of principal 

on outstanding debt and other contractual obligations of $22.5 million . This was partially offset by an income tax benefit of $3.2 million 
associated with the exercise of employee stock options, and $0.6 million in proceeds received from the exercise of employee stock options.  

Cash used in financing activities of $4.6 million in 2013 was due to the repayment of principal on outstanding debt and other 
contractual obligations of $15.5 million, offset by an income tax benefit of $9.1 million associated with the exercise of employee stock options, 
and $1.8 million in proceeds received from the exercise of employee stock options.  

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our primary financing activities were $156 million in proceeds from term loans, $12.8 million 

of net proceeds from our IPO which was completed in August 2012, and $4.5 million in revolving credit facility borrowings. These proceeds 
were offset by $103.4 million used for the repayment of our old notes payable and repayment of principal on our new term loans, $12.7 million 
used for the repayment of our old and new lines of credit, $60.3 million used to redeem 5.3 million shares of preferred stock, and $3.1 million 
used for debt issuance costs.  

Estimated liability for appeals and Net payable to client  

The December 31, 2014 balances of $18.6 million and $12.1 million for the Estimated liability for appeals and the Net payable to client, 

respectively, represent obligations that we expect to pay in the near term, although it is difficult to predict the precise timing of the associated 
cash outflows as they are dependent on the processing and resolution of audit appeals.  

Long-term Debt  

On March 19, 2012, we, through our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a $147.5 million credit agreement, as amended and restated, 

with Madison Capital Funding LLC as administrative agent, ING Capital LLC as syndication agent, and other lenders party thereto. The senior 
credit facility consists of (i) a $57.0 million term A loan that matures in March 2017, (ii) a $79.5 million term B loan that matures in March 
2018, and (iii) a $11.0 million revolving credit facility that expires in March 2017. On June 28, 2012, we amended the credit agreement to 
increase the amount of our borrowings under our term B loan by $19.5 million. On November 4, 2014, we further amended the credit agreement 
to modify a number of existing covenants and add certain new covenants.  

All borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin corresponding to our total 

debt to EBITDA ratio, plus, at our option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest  

39  

 
 
 
Table of Contents  

of (a) the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal or another national publication, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (c) the sum of (A) 
the 1-month LIBOR rate and (B) the difference between the then effective applicable margins for LIBOR loans and base rate loans and (d) 2.5% 
or (ii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) a LIBOR rate published in Reuters or another national publication and 
(b) 1.5%. The term A loan and the revolving credit facility currently have an applicable margin of 4.25% for base rate loans and 5.25% for 
LIBOR rate loans, in each case based on a total debt to EBITDA ratio of less than 4.00 to 1.00. The term B loan (including the incremental term 
B loan) currently has an applicable margin of 4.75% for base rate loans and 5.75% for LIBOR rate loans, in each case based on a total debt to 
EBITDA ratio of less than 4.00 to 1.00. The minimum per annum interest rate that we are required to pay is 6.75% for the term A loan and 
revolving credit facility and 7.25% for the term B loan. Interest is due at the end of each month for base rate loans and at the end of each LIBOR 
period for LIBOR rate loans unless the LIBOR period is greater than 3 months, in which case interest is due at the last day of each 3-month 
interval of such LIBOR period.  

The credit agreement requires us to prepay the two term loans on a prorated basis and then to prepay the revolving credit facility under 
certain circumstances: (i) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of any asset sale or other disposition of assets by us or our subsidiaries where the 
net cash proceeds exceed $1 million, (ii) with a percentage of our annual excess cash flow each year where such percentage ranges from 25%-
75% depending on our total debt to EBITDA ratio reduced by any voluntary prepayments that are made on our term loans during the same 
period, unless we elect to apply voluntary prepayments in the inverse order of maturity, in which case only voluntary prepayments in excess of 
$10 million shall reduce the amount of excess cash flow we are required to prepay and (iii) with any net cash proceeds from a qualified initial 
public offering by us, less net proceeds applied to redeem any outstanding preferred equity or convertible debt, to pay a common shareholder 
dividend not to exceed $20 million or, if we comply with an adjusted EBITDA ratio set forth in the agreement, to our cash balances in an amount 
not to exceed $75 million. With respect to (ii) above, the Company made a pro rata prepayment of approximately $11.5 million to the lenders in 
May 2014.  

We have to abide by certain negative covenants for our credit agreement, which limit the ability for our subsidiaries and us to:  

•  

•  

incur additional indebtedness; 

create or permit liens; 

•   pay dividends or other distributions to our equity holders; 

•   purchase or redeem certain equity interests of our equity holders, including any warrants, options and other security rights; 

•   pay management fees or similar fees to any of our equity holders; 

•   make any redemption, prepayment, defeasance, repurchase or any other payment with respect to any subordinated debt; 

•  

•  

•  

•  

consolidate, merge or make any acquisitions; 

sell assets, including the capital stock of our subsidiaries; 

enter into transactions with our affiliates; 

enter into different business lines; 

•   permit the aggregate amount of capital expenditures to exceed a certain amount; and 

•   make investments. 

The credit agreement also requires us to meet certain financial covenants, including maintaining (i) a fixed charge coverage ratio, (ii) a 
total debt to EBITDA ratio, (iii) an interest coverage ratio, (iv) a minimum EBITDA amount,(v) a minimum required adjusted cash amount, and 
(vi) maximum capital expenditures, as such terms are defined in our credit agreement. These financial covenants are tested at the end of each 
year, quarter or month, as applicable. The table below further describes these financial covenants, as well as our current status under these 
covenants as of December 31, 2014.  

40  

 
 
Table of Contents  

Financial Covenant  
Fixed charge coverage ratio (minimum)*  
Total debt to EBITDA ratio (maximum)*  
Interest coverage ratio (minimum)**  
EBITDA (minimum)**  
Required Adjusted Cash Amount (minimum)***  
Capital Expenditures ****  

________  

Covenant  
Requirement  
1.20 to 1.0  
3.25 to 1.0  
2.25 to 1.0  
$20,000,000  
$35,000,000  
$12,500,000  

Actual Ratio at  
December 31, 2014  
1.38  
2.33  
5.35  
$48,052,000  
$59,313,000  
$10,146,000  

* Covenant requirement as of December 31, 2014. These covenant requirements adjust in future period.  
** These requirements became effective December 2014, and will adjust in future periods.  
*** This requirement became effective November 4, 2014.  
****This requirement is an annual requirement effective December 31, 2014.  

Our debt agreements contain, and any agreements to refinance our debt likely will contain, financial and restrictive covenants that limit 

our ability to incur additional debt, including to finance future operations or other capital needs, and to engage in other activities that we may 
believe are in our long-term best interests, including to dispose of or acquire assets or make capital expenditures. These covenants also require 
us to maintain certain financial ratios, including a fixed charge coverage ratio, total debt to EBITDA ratio and an interest coverage ratio, as well 
as minimum EBITDA and adjusted cash amounts. Our current projections, assuming we do not have any other adjustments to reduce our 
expenses, show that we will be narrowly in compliance with several of our covenants during the second half of 2015. However, we believe we 
can make appropriate reductions in a timely manner in our expense structure in order to maintain compliance with our financial covenants. Due 
to delays in the award of the new RAC contracts by CMS and pricing reductions in the student lending market, we have been actively 
restructuring both our variable and fixed expenses. Our expenses are largely comprised of variable expenses including salaries and wages, 
subcontractor fees, production specific vendors, printing and mailing services. As variable costs increase with growth of services provided under 
a contract, or new contract award, similarly, we can and will attempt to reduce variable costs to the extent we encounter contract delays or lower 
service volumes. We have actively managed our cost structure during contract transitions with both CMS and the Department of Education and 
have reduced our expenses with an intent to minimize adverse impacts on our future revenue and in order to remain in compliance with our 
financial covenants.  

Contractual Obligations  

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 :  

Contractual Obligations  
Long-Term Debt Obligations  
Interest Payments  
Operating Lease Obligations  
Purchase Obligations  
Total  

Payments Due by Period  

Less  
Than  
1 Year  

1-3  
Years  

3-5  
Years  

More  
Than  
5 Years  

9,820     $ 
7,723     
2,290     
7,423     
27,256     $ 

18,939     $ 
13,254     
3,423     
—    
35,616     $ 

83,036     $ 
1,286     
1,269     
—    
85,591     $ 

— 
— 
815  
— 
815  

Total  
111,795     $ 
22,263     
7,797     
7,423     
149,278     $ 

$ 

$ 

(1)   We entered into our new credit agreement on March 19, 2012 and amended it on June 28, 2012, with all outstanding 

indebtedness under our prior loan facility paid in full. Long-term debt obligations and interest payments presented in this 
table relate solely to our new credit agreement, as amended.  

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income  

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table below and within this 

report adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, both of which are non-GAAP financial measures. We have provided a reconciliation below of 
adjusted EBITDA to net income and adjusted net income to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to these non-
GAAP financial measures.  

41  

 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

We have included adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income in this report because they are key measures used by our management and 

board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends and to prepare and approve our annual budget. 
Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income provide useful information to investors and analysts in understanding 
and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.  

Our use of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or 

as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:  

•  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced 

in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

capital expenditure requirements;  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense on our indebtedness; 

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; 

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments; 

adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income do not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation; 

adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income do not reflect the impact of certain non-operating expenses resulting from matters we 

do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance; and  

•   other companies may calculate adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income differently than we do, which reduces its usefulness as a 

comparative measure.  

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income alongside other financial performance 

measures, including net income and our other GAAP results.  

The following tables present a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 

2013 and 2012 to actual net income for these periods:  

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:  
Net income  
Provision for income taxes  
Interest expense  
Interest income  
Debt extinguishment costs (1)  
Transaction expenses (2)  
Depreciation and amortization  
Non-core operating expenses (3)  
Advisory fee (4)  
Stock based compensation  
Adjusted EBITDA  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  
(in thousands)  

2012  

$ 

$ 

9,400     $ 
7,699     
10,171     
(1 )    
—    
1,276     
12,450     
—    
—    
3,707     
44,702     $ 

36,339     $ 
24,967     
11,564     
(1 )    
—    
2,893     
10,655     
—    
—    
2,994     
89,411     $ 

22,951  
16,786  
12,414  
(64 ) 
3,679  
— 
9,505  
47  
2,641  
1,614  
69,573  

42  

 
 
   
   
  
  
   
   
     
     
Table of Contents  

Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income:  
Net income  
Debt extinguishment costs (1)  
Transaction expenses (2)  
Non–core operating expenses (3)  
Advisory fee (4)  
Stock based compensation  
Amortization of intangibles (5)  
Deferred financing amortization costs (6)  
Tax adjustments (7)  
Adjusted net income  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  
(in thousands)  

2012  

$ 

$ 

9,400     $ 
—    
1,276     
—    
—    
3,707     
3,737     
1,055     
(3,910 )    
15,265     $ 

36,339     $ 
—    
2,893     
—    
—    
2,994     
3,731     
1,125     
(4,297 )    
42,785     $ 

22,951  
3,679  
— 
47  
2,641  
1,614  
3,676  
1,161  
(5,126 ) 
30,643  

(1)   Represents debt extinguishment costs comprised of approximately $3.3 million of fees paid to lenders in connection with our new 

credit facility and approximately $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with our old credit facility.  

(2)   Represents direct and incremental costs associated with the Company's secondary offerings in February and April 2013, and 

expenses incurred in 2014 for potential acquisition and related financing.  

(3)   Represents professional fees and settlement costs related to strategic corporate development activities. 

(4) Represents expenses incurred under an advisory services agreement with Parthenon Capital Partners, which was terminated in April 

2012 and the August 2012 expense of $0.9 million associated with a payment to a financial advisor as part of the Company's 
initial public offering. See Note 11 "Related Party Transactions."  

(5) Represents amortization of capitalized expenses related to the acquisition of Performant by an affiliate of Parthenon Capital Partners 

in 2004, and also an acquisition in the first quarter of 2012 to enhance our analytics capabilities.  

(6) Represents amortization of capitalized financing costs related to debt offerings conducted in 2009, 2010 and 2012.  

(7) Represents tax adjustments assuming a marginal tax rate of 40%.  

43  

 
 
 
   
   
  
  
   
   
     
     
Table of Contents  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2014, FASB issued an ASU that amends the FASB ASC by creating a new Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 
The new guidance will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance 
on revenue recognition throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize 
revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects 
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps:  

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.  
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.  
Step 3: Determine the transaction price.  
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.  
Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  

In  addition,  an  entity  should  disclose  sufficient  qualitative  and  quantitative  information  to  enable  users  of  financial  statements  to 
understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The amendments in this 
ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early 
adoption is not permitted. This amendment is to be either retrospectively adopted to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with 
the cumulative effect of initially applying this ASU recognized at the date of initial application. We are currently evaluating the impact of the 
adoption of this guidance to our consolidated financial statements.  

In  June  2014,  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-12,  Accounting  for  Share-Based  Payments  When  the  Terms  of  an  Award  Provide  That  a 
Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period ("ASU 2014-12"). ASU 2014-12 brings consistency to the accounting 
for share-based payment awards that require a specific performance target to be achieved in order for employees to become eligible to vest in the 
awards.  ASU  2014-12  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  (including  interim  periods)  beginning  after  December  15,  2015,  with  early 
adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.  

ITEM 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  

We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. We conduct all of our business in U.S. currency and therefore do not 

have any direct foreign currency risk. We do have exposure to changes in interest rates with respect to the borrowings under our senior secured 
credit facility, which bear interest at a variable rate based on the prime rate or LIBOR. For example, if the interest rate on our borrowings 
increased 100 basis points (1%) from the credit facility floor of 1.5%, our annual interest expense would increase by approximately $1.1 million. 

While we currently hold our excess cash in an operating account, in the future we may invest all or a portion of our excess cash in short-

term investments, including money market accounts, where returns may reflect current interest rates. As a result, market interest rate changes 
impact our interest expense and interest income. This impact will depend on variables such as the magnitude of interest rate changes and the 
level of our borrowings under our credit facility or excess cash balances.  

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the reports of KPMG LLP are set forth in the Index to Financial Statements 

under Item 15, Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and is incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None.  

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the 
Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities 
and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and 
evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures,  

44  

 
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents  

management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of 
achieving the desired control objectives.  

Management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of 

our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and 
procedures were functioning effectively at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2014.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 

13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles (“US GAAP”). Under the supervision of, and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. Management based its assessment 
on criteria established in “Internal Control Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (“COSO”). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of 
December 31, 2014.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2014, that has materially 

affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, other than those noted above.  

ITEM 9B.    Other Information  

None.  

PART III  

ITEM 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed within 120 days after the 
close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K, or if our proxy statement is not filed by that date, will be included in an amendment 
to this Report on Form 10-K.  

45  

 
 
Table of Contents  

ITEM 11.    Executive Compensation  

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed within 120 days after the 
close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K, or if our proxy statement is not filed by that date, will be included in an amendment 
to this Report on Form 10-K.  

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed within 120 days after the 
close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K, or if our proxy statement is not filed by that date, will be included in an amendment 
to this Report on Form 10-K.  

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed within 120 days after the 
close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K, or if our proxy statement is not filed by that date, will be included in an amendment 
to this Report on Form 10-K.  

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed within 120 days after the 
close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K, or if our proxy statement is not filed by that date, will be included in an amendment 
to this Report on Form 10-K.  

PART IV  

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) Financial Statements  

Financial Statements. The financial statements filed as part of this report are identified in the Index to Consolidated Financial 

Statements on page F-1.  

Financial Statement Schedules . See Item 15(c) below.  

Exhibits . See Item 15(b) below.  

46  

 
 
Table of Contents  

(b) Exhibits  

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the Securities and Exchange 

Commission. The Company shall furnish copies of exhibits for a reasonable fee (covering the expense of furnishing copies) upon request. 

Exhibit  
Number  

Description  

2.1  

3.1  

3.2  

4.2  

10.1  

10.2  

10.3  

10.4  

10.5  

10.6  

10.7  

10.8  

10.9  

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2015, by and among Performant Financial Corporation. Project 
Phoenix Merger Sub, Inc. Premier Healthcare Exchange, Inc. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 29, 2015)  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(b) to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 30, 2012)  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(b) to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among the Registrant and the persons 
listed thereon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 
23, 2012)  

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 30, 2012)  

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to 
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

2007 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 23, 2012)  

Recovery Audit Contractor contract by and between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Center for Medicare and 
Medicaid Services dated as of October 3, 2008, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, by and among DCS Business Services, Inc., the Lenders party Hereto, 
Madison Capital Funding LLC, and ING Capital (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Form of Change of Control Agreement, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 30, 2012)  

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa Im, dated as of April 15, 2012, as amended (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jon D. Shaver dated as of March 31, 2003, as amended (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

10.10  

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa C. Im dated as of July 3, 2012 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

10.11  

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Jon D. Shaver dated as of July 3, 2012 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

10.12  

Director Nomination Agreement between the Registrant and Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC dated as of July 20, 2012 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

10.13  

Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated as of 
January 8, 2004, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

47  

 
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Exhibit  
Number  

Description  

10.14  

Termination of the Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated 
as of January 8, 2004, as amended, dated as of April 13, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

10.15  

2012 Stock Incentive Plan*  

10.16  

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of March 19, 2012, by and among DCS Business Services, Inc., the Lenders party 
thereto, Madison Capital Funding LLC,and ING Capital*  

10.17  

Amendment No. 2 Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4 2014, by and among Performant Business Services, Inc., the Lenders 
party thereto, and Madison Capital Funding LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q filed November 10, 2014)  

21  

23  

24  

List of Subsidiaries  

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to this report)  

31.1  

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification, executed by Lisa C. Im  

31.2  

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification, executed by Hakan L. Orvell  

32.1  

Furnished Statement of the Chief Executive Officer under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  

32.2  

Furnished Statement of the Chief Financial Officer under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document  

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme  

101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase  

101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document  

101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase  

101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase  

*    Filed herewith  

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable or required, or the information required to be set forth 

therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes hereto.  

48  

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements of Performant Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries For the Years Ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Consolidated Balance Sheets  

Consolidated Statements of Operations  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-1  

Page  

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

F-7 

 
   
 
     
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Performant Financial Corporation:  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Performant  Financial  Corporation  and subsidiaries  as  of 
December 31,  2014  and  2013,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in  redeemable  preferred  stock  and 
stockholders’  equity  (deficit),  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,  2014,  and  the 
related  Schedule  II  for  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2014.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the 
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements 
based on our audits.  

We  conducted our  audits in accordance with  the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting  Oversight  Board (United  States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in 
the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable 
basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements and Schedule II referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of Performant Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their 
operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,  2014,  in  conformity  with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  

San Francisco, California  
March 12, 2015  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

F-2  

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Current assets:  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Assets  

December 31,  
2014  

December 31,  
2013  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $32 and $32, respectively and 
estimated allowance for appeals of $0 and $1,160, respectively  
Deferred income taxes  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  
Income tax receivable  
Debt issuance costs, current portion  

Total current assets  

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements, net  
Identifiable intangible assets, net  
Goodwill  
Debt issuance costs, net of current portion  
Other assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity  

Current liabilities:  

Current maturities of notes payable  
Accrued salaries and benefits  
Accounts payable  
Other current liabilities  
Income taxes payable  
Estimated liability for appeals  
Net payable to client  

Total current liabilities  

Notes payable, net of current portion  
Deferred income taxes  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Commitments and contingencies  
Stockholders’ equity:  

$ 

80,298     $ 

$ 

$ 

15,047 

7,605     
12,559     
4,394     
986     
120,889     
27,647     
29,093     
82,522     
2,456     
222     
262,829     $ 

9,820     $ 
5,380     
1,370     
8,452     
—    
18,625     
12,110     
55,757     
101,975     
11,666     
2,259     
171,657     

81,909  

19,649 

6,847  
4,400  
— 
1,055  
113,860  
26,247  
32,513  
81,572  
2,789  
279  
257,260  

10,763  
11,826  
2,383  
5,311  
103  
15,283  
— 
45,669  
122,541  
12,612  
2,204  
183,026  

Common stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized, 500,000 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively; issued and outstanding, 49,350 and 48,316 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively  
Additional paid-in capital  
Retained earnings  

Total stockholders’ equity  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  

F-3  

5 

5 

57,329     
33,838     
91,172     
262,829     $ 

49,791  
24,438  
74,234  
257,260  

$ 

 
 
  
   
     
    
 
   
     
   
     
 
   
   
     
    
 
Table of Contents  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Operations  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenues  
Operating expenses:  

Salaries and benefits  
Other operating expenses  

Total operating expenses  
Income from operations  

Debt extinguishment costs  
Interest expense  
Interest income  
            Income before provision for income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income  

Accrual for preferred stock dividends  
            Net income available to common shareholders  

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders (see Note 1)  

Basic  

Diluted  

Weighted average shares (see Note 1)  

Basic  

Diluted  

  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  

F-4  

For the Years Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

$ 

195,378     $ 

255,302     $ 

210,073  

93,676     
74,433     
168,109     
27,269     
—    
(10,171 )    
1     
17,099     
7,699     
9,400     $ 
—    
9,400     $ 

96,762     
85,671     
182,433     
72,869     
—    
(11,564 )    
1     
61,306     
24,967     
36,339     $ 
—    
36,339     $ 

0.19     $ 
0.19     $ 

0.77     $ 
0.74     $ 

48,816     
49,834     

47,492     
49,386     

83,002  
71,305  
154,307  
55,766  
(3,679 ) 
(12,414 ) 
64  
39,737  
16,786  
22,951  
2,038  
20,913  

0.48  
0.44  

43,985  
47,599  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
    
    
   
     
     
   
     
     
Table of Contents  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012  
(In thousands)  

Redeemable Preferred  Stock  
Series A  
Convertible Preferred Stock  

Shares  

Amount  

Due From  
Stockholders  

Balance, December 31, 2011  

5,296     $ 

58,248        $ 

(2,266 )     37,667     $ 

Common Stock  

Shares  

   Amount  

   Additional  

Paid-In  
Capital  
4     $  19,371     $ 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Deficit)  

Total  

(32,814 )    $  (15,705 ) 

(2,038 ) 

(2,038 ) 

Increase in redemption value 
of Series A preferred stock  
Conversion of Series A 
preferred stock to Series B 
preferred stock which was 
immediately redeemed for 
cash  
Conversion of Series B 
preferred stock to common  
Exercise of stock options  
Issuance of stock  
Purchase of treasury stock  
Interest on notes receivable 
from stockholders  
Repayment of notes 
receivable from stockholders 
Stock-based compensation 
expense  
Income tax benefit from 
employee stock options  
Net income  

Balance, December 31, 2012  
Exercise of stock options  
Stock-based compensation 
expense  
Income tax benefit from 
employee stock options  
Net income  

Balance, December 31, 2013  
Exercise of stock options  
Stock-based compensation 
expense  
Income tax benefit from 
employee stock options  
Net income  

Balance, December 31, 2014  

—

2,038 

—

(60,286 ) 

—

—

—

—

(5,296 ) 

—

—

5,296 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—    
—    
—    

(57 ) 

2,323 

—

—

284     
2,243     
(98 )    

—    
—    
—    

175     
15,420     
(1,225 )    

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,614 

615 

—    
—    
—     45,392     
2,924     
—    

—    
4     
1     

—    
35,970     
1,767     

22,951     
(11,901 )    
—    

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,994 

9,060 

—

—

—    
—    
—     48,316     
1,034     
—    

—    
5     
—    

—    
49,791     
610     

36,339     
24,438     
—    

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,707 

3,221 

—

—

—

—

—    
—    
—    

—

—

—

—

—

—

175  
15,420  
(1,225 ) 

(57 ) 

2,323 

1,614 

615 

22,951  
24,073  
1,768  

2,994 

9,060 

36,339  
74,234  
610  

3,707 

3,221 

—    
—    
—    

—

—

—

—

—    
—    
—    

—

—

—    
—    
—    

—

—

—       
—       
—       

—

—

—

—

—       
—       
—       

—

—

—       
—       
—       

—

—

—    
—    $ 

—       
—       $ 

—    

—    
—     49,350     $ 

—    
5     $  57,329     $ 

—    

9,400     
9,400  
33,838     $  91,172  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  

F-5  

 
   
 
 
 
   
     
  
  
  
   
  
     
  
    
       
    
    
    
    
  
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
Table of Contents  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:  

Net income  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:  

Loss on disposal of assets  

Depreciation and amortization  

Write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs  

Deferred income taxes  

Stock-based compensation  

Interest expense from debt issuance costs and amortization of discount note payable  

Interest income on notes receivable from stockholders  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:  

Trade accounts receivable  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets  

Income tax receivable  

Other assets  

Accrued salaries and benefits  

Accounts payable  

Other current liabilities  

Income taxes payable  

Deferred revenue  

Estimated liability for appeals  

Net payable to client  

Other liabilities  

Net cash provided by operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities:  

Purchase of property, equipment, and leasehold improvements  

Purchase of perpetual software license and computer equipment  

Net cash used in investing activities  

Cash flows from financing activities:  

Borrowing under notes payable  

Borrowing under line of credit  

Redemption of preferred stock  

Repayment of notes payable  

Repayment of line of credit  

Debt issuance costs paid  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options  

Proceeds from issuance of stock  

Repayment of promissory notes from stockholders  

Income tax benefit from employee stock options  

Payment to stockholders  

Purchase of treasury stock  

Payment of purchase obligation  

Net cash used in financing activities  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:  

Cash paid for income taxes  

$ 

$ 

For the Years Ended December 31,      

2014  

2013  

2012  

$ 

9,400     $ 

36,339      $ 

22,951  

33     
12,450     
—    
(1,703 )    
3,707     
1,177     
—    

4,602     
(8,159 )    
(4,394 )    
57     
(6,446 )    
(1,013 )    
1,873     
(103 )    
—    
3,342     
12,110     
933     
27,866     

(10,146 )    
—    
(10,146 )    

—    
—    
—    
(21,509 )    
—    
(653 )    
610     
—    
—    
3,221     
—    
—    
(1,000 )    
(19,331 )    
(1,611 )    
81,909     
80,298     $ 

1     
10,655     
—    
(1,708 )    
2,994     
1,247     
—    

3,395     
(1,524 )    
—    
451     
2,538     
980     
(2,941 )    
(327 )    
(2,187 )    
10,905     
—    
388     
61,206     

(12,503 )    
—    
(12,503 )    

—    
—    
—    
(14,465 )    
—    
—    
1,768     
—    
—    
9,060     
—    
—    
(1,000 )    
(4,637 )    
44,066     
37,843     
81,909      $ 

51  
9,505  
335  
(1,826 )  

1,614  
1,272  
(57 )  

(3,646 )  

416  
— 
(71 )  

2,150  
1,343  
(1,223 )  

(40 )  

(27 )  

3,928  
— 
330  
37,005  

(11,356 )  

(837 )  

(12,193 )  

156,000  
4,500  
(60,286 )  

(103,416 )  

(12,698 )  

(3,074 )  

175  
12,624  
2,323  
615  
(1,761 )  

(1,225 )  

(750 )  

(6,973 )  

17,839  
20,004  
37,843  

10,185 

$ 

17,396 

$ 

18,037 

 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
Cash paid for interest  

Cash paid as debt extinguishment  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:  

Obligation payable to sellers of perpetual license  

Issuance of common stock as part of debt issuance costs  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

8,978     $ 
—    $ 

—    $ 
—    $ 

10,294      $ 
—     $ 

—     $ 
—     $ 

11,178  
3,344  

3,250  
2,796  

F-6  

 
    
    
 
   
     
     
Table of Contents  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements  

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012  

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a)   Organization and Nature of Business 

Performant Financial Corporation (the Company) is a leading provider of technology-enabled recovery and analytics services in the 
United States. The Company's services help identify, restructure and recover delinquent or defaulted assets and improper payments for 
both government and private clients in a broad range of markets. Company clients typically operate in complex and regulated 
environments and outsource their recovery needs in order to reduce losses on billions of dollars of defaulted student loans, improper 
healthcare payments and delinquent state tax and federal treasury receivables. The Company generally provides our services on an 
outsourced basis, where we handle many or all aspects of the clients’ recovery processes.  

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the operations of Performant Financial Corporation (PFC), its wholly owned 
subsidiary Performant Business Services, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries Performant Recovery, Inc. (Recovery), Performant 
Technologies, Inc., and Performant Europe Ltd. Effective August 13, 2012, we changed the name of our wholly owned subsidiary from 
DCS Business Services, Inc. (DCSBS) to Performant Business Services, Inc., and DCSBS’ wholly owned subsidiaries from Diversified 
Collection Services, Inc. (DCS), and Vista Financial, Inc. (VFI), to Performant Recovery, Inc., and Performant Technologies, Inc., 
respectively. PFC is a Delaware corporation headquartered in California and was formed in 2003. Performant Business Services, Inc. is 
a Nevada corporation founded in 1997. Recovery is a California corporation founded in 1976. Performant Technologies, Inc. is a 
California corporation that was formed in 2004.  

The Company is managed and operated as one business, with a single management team that reports to the Chief Executive Officer.  

(b)   Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles, or U.S. GAAP. The Company consolidates entities in which it has controlling financial interest, and as of December 31, 
2014 , all of the Company’s subsidiaries are 100% owned. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated 
in consolidation.  

(c)   Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make certain 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, primarily accounts receivable, intangible assets, 
goodwill, estimated liability for appeals, accrued expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Our actual results 
could differ from those estimates.  

(d)   Stock Split 

On July 26, 2012, the Company effected a two -for-one stock split of the Company’s shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, all per 
share amounts, average shares outstanding, shares outstanding, and equity based compensation presented in the consolidated financial 
statements and notes have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the stock split. Shareholders’ deficit has been retroactively adjusted to 
give effect to the stock split for all periods presented by reclassifying the par value of the additional shares issued in connection with the 
stock split to additional paid-in capital. Concurrently with the stock split, the authorized Common Stock was increased from 25,000,000 
shares to 60,000,000 shares. On August 15, 2012, the authorized Common Stock was increased to 500,000,000 shares and the 
authorized preferred stock was increased to 50,000,000 shares.  

(e)   Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits and highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less 
when purchased. These investments can include money market funds that invest in highly liquid U.S. government and agency 
obligations, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and commercial paper.  

F-7  

 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents  

The Company collects monies on behalf of its clients. Cash is often held on behalf of the clients in various trust accounts and is 
subsequently remitted to the clients based on contractual agreements. Cash held in these trust accounts for contracting agencies is not 
included in the Company’s assets (Note 12(a)).  

(f)   Hosted Service Installation and Implementation Deliverables 

In 2008, the Company entered into a long-term contract to provide hosted services to a client beginning in March 2009. The Company 
determined that certain installation and implementation deliverables were not separate units of accounting within the contract, and 
should be combined for revenue recognition purposes with the hosted service deliverable. Accordingly, revenue for these contract 
elements is being taken ratably from the commencement of hosted services in March 2009 through the contract period of March 2018. 
Additionally, the Company deferred the direct incremental costs associated with the installation and implementation deliverables, with 
the costs being expensed ratably from the March 2009 commencement of services through March 2018.  

(g)   Property, Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements 

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Furniture and equipment are 
depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 7  years. Buildings are depreciated using the 
straight-line method over 31.5  years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the 
estimated life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. Computer software and computer hardware are depreciated using the 
straight-line method over 3  years and 5  years, respectively.  

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.  

When property is sold or retired, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and 
any gain or loss from the transaction is included in the consolidated statements of operations.  

(h)  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the fair value assigned to the net assets of businesses acquired. 
Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Impairment is the condition that exists when the 
carrying amount of goodwill is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value.  

The Company performed a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that goodwill fair value is less than its carrying 
amount for 2014 , 2013 and 2012 and concluded that there was no need to perform an impairment test.  

Identifiable intangible assets consist of customer contracts and related relationships, a perpetual license, and covenants not to compete. 
Customer contracts and related relationships are amortized over their estimated useful life of 4 to 20  years. The perpetual license is 
amortized over its estimated useful life of 5 years.  

(i)   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such 
assets or intangibles may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying 
amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be 
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value 
of the assets. The Company did not recognize an impairment expense for intangible assets in 2014 , 2013 and 2012.  

(j)   System Developments 

The Company follows the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 
Subtopic 350-40, Internal-Use Software , which specifies that costs incurred during the application stage of development should be 
capitalized. All other costs are expensed as incurred. During 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , costs of $7.2 million , $4.9 million and $5.4 million 
respectively, were capitalized for projects in the application stage of development, with depreciation expense of $4.0 million , $2.6 
million and $2.4 million respectively, for completed projects.  

F-8  

 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
Table of Contents  

(k)   Debt Issuance Costs 

Debt issuance costs represent loan and legal fees paid in connection with the issuance of long-term debt. Debt issuance costs are 
amortized to interest expense in accordance with key terms of the notes as amended.  

(l)   Revenues, Accounts Receivable, and Estimated Liability for Appeals 

Revenue is recognized upon the collection of defaulted loan and debt payments. Loan rehabilitation revenue is recognized when the 
rehabilitated loans are sold (funded) by clients. Incentive revenue is recognized upon receipt of official notification of incentive award 
from customers. Under the Company’s RAC contract with CMS, the Company recognizes revenues when the healthcare provider has 
paid CMS for a given claim or has agreed to an offset against other claims by the provider. Providers have the right to appeal a claim 
and may pursue additional appeals if the initial appeal is found in favor of CMS. The Company accrues an estimated liability for 
appeals at the time revenue is recognized based on the Company's estimate of the amount of revenue probable of being refunded to 
CMS following successful appeal. In addition, if the Company's estimate of the liability for appeals with respect to revenues recognized 
during a prior period changes, the Company increases or decreases current period accruals based on such change in estimated liability. 
At December 31, 2014 , a total of $18.6 million was presented as an allowance against revenue, representing the Company’s estimate of 
claims that may be overturned. Of this amount, $0.0 million was related to amounts in accounts receivable and $18.6 million was 
related to commissions which had already been received. The zero allowance against accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 is due 
to the fact that the receivable from CMS is netted against an offsetting payable for overturned audits, and at December 31, 2014, the 
amount of the payable exceeded the amount of the receivable as discussed in note 1(m).  The total accrued liability for appeals of $18.6 
million has therefore been presented in the caption estimated liability for appeals at December 31, 2014.  At December 31, 2013, the 
total appeals-related liability was $16.4 million , comprised of an estimated liability for appeals of $15.3 million and a contra-accounts-
receivable estimated allowance for appeals of $1.1 million . The $18.6 million balance at December 31, 2014 and the $15.3 million 
balance as of December 31, 2013, represents the Company’s best estimate of the probable amount of losses related to appeals of claims 
for which commissions were previously collected. In addition to the $18.6 million amount accrued at December 31, 2014 , the 
Company estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could be required to pay an additional amount up to approximately $5.4 million 
as a result of potentially successful appeals. To the extent that required payments by the Company exceed the amount accrued, revenues 
in the applicable period would be reduced by the amount of the excess.  

For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company had 4 clients whose individual revenues exceeded 10% of the Company’s total 
revenues. The dollar amount and percent of total revenue of each of the 4 clients is summarized in the table below (in thousands):  

Rank  
1  
2  
3  
4  

2014 Revenue  
$53,211  
29,444  
29,171  
24,855  

Percent of  
total revenue  
27.2%  
15.1%  
14.9%  
12.7%  

For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company had 4 clients whose individual revenues exceeded 10% of the Company’s total 
revenues. The dollar amount and percent of total revenue of each of the 4 clients is summarized in the table below (in thousands):  

Rank  
1  
2  
3  
4  

2013 Revenue  
$66,820  
51,566  
42,056  
30,902  

Percent of  
total revenue  
26.2%  
20.2%  
16.5%  
12.1%  

For the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company had 5 clients whose individual revenues exceeded 10% of the Company’s total 
revenues. The dollar amount and percent of total revenue of each of the 5 clients is summarized in the table below (in thousands):  

F-9  

 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Rank  
1  
2  
3  
4  
5  

2012 Revenue  
$54,130  
39,183  
29,027  
25,469  
22,397  

Percent of  
total revenue  
25.8%  
18.7%  
13.8%  
12.1%  
10.7%  

Revenue from the largest three customers was 57% , 63% and 58% of total revenue in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Accounts 
receivable due from these three customers were 39% , 59% and 63% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , 
respectively. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Amounts collected on trade 
accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company 
determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by specific identification. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after 
all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The allowance for doubtful accounts 
was $0.0 million for both December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.  

(m)  Net Payable to Client 

The Company nets outstanding accounts receivable invoices from an audit & recovery contract against payables for overturned audits. 
The overturned audits are netted against current fees due on the invoice to the client when they are processed by the client’s system. 
The “Net payable to client” balance of $12.1 million represents the excess of payables of $14.2 million for overturned audits offset by 
outstanding accounts receivable of $2.1 million at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2013, the net of the outstanding accounts 
receivable invoices of $12.8 million was offset against a payable for overturned audits of $5.9 million for a net receivable of $6.9 
million , presented in Accounts receivable. The Company expects that the net payable-to client balance will be paid to the client within 
the next twelve months.  

(n)  Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets 

At December 31, 2014, Prepaid expenses and other current assets includes $5.6 million of amounts estimated to become due from 
subcontractors. The Company employs subcontractors to audit claims as part of an audit & recovery contract, and to the extent that 
audits by these subcontractors are overturned on appeal, the fees associated with such claims are contractually refundable to the 
Company. At December 31, 2014, the receivable associated with estimated future overturns of subcontractor audits was $5.6 million . 
In addition, at December 31, 2014, Prepaid expenses and other current assets includes a net receivable of $3.0 million for subcontractor 
fees for already overturned audits refundable to the Company once the Company refunds its fees to the client as prime contractor. By 
comparison, at December 31, 2013, there was a net subcontractor payable under this contract of $3.7 million that was offset by a 
subcontractor receivable for estimated future overturns of subcontractor audits of $5.2 million , with the net asset of $1.5 million 
included in Other liabilities.  

(o) Legal Expenses  

The Company recognizes legal fees related to litigation as they are incurred.  

(p) Comprehensive Income  

The Company has no components of comprehensive income other than its net income. Accordingly, comprehensive income is 
equivalent to net income.  

(q) Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, 
short-term debt and long-term debt. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and 
accrued liabilities approximate their fair values based on or due to their short-term maturities. The carrying values of short-term debt 
and long-term debt approximate fair value, in which their variable interest rates approximate market rates.  

F-10  

 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

(r) Income Taxes  

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset-and-liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and for taxation purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply 
to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in 
tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation 
allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. 
Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in 
recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.  

(s) Preferred Stock  

The carrying amounts of preferred stock are periodically increased by amounts representing dividends not currently declared or paid, 
but which would be payable under certain redemption features. Such increases in carrying amounts are recorded against retained 
earnings.  

(t) Stock Options  

The Company accounts for its employee stock-based compensation awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation – 
Stock Compensation . FASB ASC Topic 718 requires that all employee stock-based compensation is recognized as a cost in the 
financial statements and that for equity-classified awards, such cost is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The Company 
estimates grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model.  

FASB ASC Topic 718 also requires that excess tax benefits recognized in equity related to stock option exercises are reflected as 
financing cash inflows. The Company recognized income tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options in 2014 , 2013 and 
2012 of $ 3.2 million , $9.1 million and $0.6 million , respectively.  

(u) Earnings per Share  

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common 
shareholders by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. For the year ended December 
31, 2012, basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average 
number of common shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock outstanding during the period. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are included in the basic denominator because they 
could be converted into common shares for no cash consideration (via conversion units as further described in Note 7), and were thus 
considered outstanding common shares in computing basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net 
income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common shares equivalents 
outstanding during the period. The Company’s common share equivalents consist of stock options and restricted stock units.  

The following table reconciles the basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding using the treasury stock method (shares in 
thousands):  

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic  
Dilutive effect of stock options  
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted  

Years Ended December 31,  

2014  

2013  

2012  

48,816     
1,018     
49,834     

47,492     
1,894     
49,386     

43,985  
3,614  
47,599  

For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company excluded 2,894,013 options from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for 
the year ended December 31, 2014 because the options’ combined exercise price, unamortized fair value and excess tax benefits were 
greater during the year than the average price for the Company's common stock because their effect would be anti-dilutive.  

(v) Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

F-11  

 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

In May 2014, FASB issued an ASU that amends the FASB ASC by creating a new Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 
The new guidance will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific 
guidance on revenue recognition throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity 
should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration 
to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply 
the following steps:  

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.  
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.  
Step 3: Determine the transaction price.  
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.  
Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  

In  addition,  an  entity  should  disclose  sufficient  qualitative  and  quantitative  information  to  enable  users  of  financial  statements  to 
understand  the  nature,  amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from  contracts  with  customers.  The 
amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within 
that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. This amendment is to be either retrospectively adopted to each prior reporting 
period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this ASU recognized at the date of initial application. 
We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance to our consolidated financial statements.  

In  June  2014,  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-12,  Accounting  for  Share-Based  Payments  When  the  Terms  of  an  Award  Provide  That  a 
Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period ("ASU 2014-12"). ASU 2014-12 brings consistency to the 
accounting for share-based payment awards that require a specific performance target to be achieved in order for employees to become 
eligible  to  vest  in  the  awards.  ASU  2014-12  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  (including  interim  periods)  beginning  after 
December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated 
financial statements.  

2. Acquisition  

In February 2012, the Company purchased a perpetual software license and computer equipment from HOPS, a non-public Florida 
company, in a transaction valued at $3.7 million . The purchase agreement calls for a total of $4.0 million in cash payments to be made over 
an approximate 3 year period, beginning with an initial payment of $0.8 million which was made in February 2012, followed by quarterly 
payments of $0.3 million . As part of the transaction valuation, these payments were discounted to a present value using an estimate of our 
incremental borrowing rate.  

The HOPS proprietary software platform provides data filtering services for government and commercial health plans to help identify 
improper payments made to health providers, and enhances our existing service offering in recovery of improper payments.  

The purchase is being treated as a business combination for accounting purposes; the following table summarizes the estimated fair values 
of the assets acquired at the acquisition date (in thousands):  

Computer equipment  
Perpetual license  
Customer relationships  
Total identifiable assets acquired  

February 1,  
2012  

$ 

$ 

280  
3,250  
150  
3,680  

The acquired intangible assets will be amortized over their estimated useful lives, which are 5 and 4 years for the perpetual license and 
customer relationships, respectively.  

3.   Property, Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements 

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements consist of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):  

F-12  

 
 
   
Table of Contents  

Land  
Building and leasehold improvements  
Furniture, equipment, and automobile  
Computer hardware and software  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net  

$ 

$ 

December 31,  
2014  

   December 31, 2013  
1,767  
5,773  
4,932  
52,021  
64,493  
(38,246 ) 
26,247  

1,767     $ 
5,966     
5,193     
60,229     
73,155     
(45,508 )    
27,647     $ 

Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $8.7 million , $6.9 million and $5.8 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  

4. Identifiable Intangible Assets  

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):  

December 31, 2014  
Amortizable intangibles:  
Customer contracts and related relationships  
Perpetual license  
Total intangible assets  

December 31, 2013  
Amortizable intangibles:  
Customer contracts and related relationships  
Perpetual license  
Total intangible assets  

Gross  
Amounts  

Accumulated  
Amortization  

Net  

62,451     $ 
3,313     
65,764     $ 

(34,774 )    $ 
(1,897 )    
(36,671 )    $ 

27,677  
1,416  
29,093  

Gross  
Amounts  

Accumulated  
Amortization  

Net  

62,198     $ 
3,250     
65,448     $ 

(31,689 )    $ 
(1,246 )    
(32,935 )    $ 

30,509  
2,004  
32,513  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , amortization expense related to intangible assets amounted to $3.7 million , $3.7 
million and $3.7 million , respectively.  

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five following fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):  

Year Ending December 31,  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
Thereafter  
Total  

5. Credit Agreement  

$ 

$ 

Amount  

3,803  
3,768  
3,167  
3,094  
3,090  
12,171  
29,093  

On March 19, 2012, the Company recapitalized entering into a credit agreement (the Agreement) consisting of a Term A Loan of $57.0 
million , a Term B Loan of $79.5 million , and a revolving credit facility of $11.0 million . In connection with the recapitalization, our old 
credit facility, scheduled to mature in 2012, was extinguished, and our indebtedness on the old facility was paid in full. As of December 31, 
2011, the indebtedness on the old facility consisted of $33.2 million under the Term A-2 Loan, $62 million under the Term B Loan and $8.2 
million under the line of credit. On June 28, 2012, the Agreement was amended to increase the Term B Loan to $99 million . Payments 
under the Agreement are as follows (in thousands):  

F-13  

 
   
 
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
   
     
     
Table of Contents  

Year Ending December 31,  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
Total  

Amount  

$9,820  
9,820  
9,119  
83,036  
$111,795  

Proceeds from the new Term A, Term B, and revolving credit facility borrowings were used along with $14.5 million of our cash to repay 
our old notes payable and line of credit in the amount of $103.4 million and to redeem 3,897,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock plus accrued dividends for a total of $44.0 million . Fees paid in conjunction with the credit agreement totaled $8.1 million , including 
an agency fee for $1.5 million to an entity associated with our majority stockholder, and an agreement to grant 215,000  shares of Common 
Stock valued at approximately $2.8 million to an investment bank acting as advisor.  

Proceeds from the additional Term B borrowings were used to redeem the remaining 1,399,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock outstanding plus accrued dividends for a total of $16.3 million . Fees paid in conjunction with the credit agreement totaled $0.8 
million , including an agency fee for $0.2 million to an entity associated with our majority stockholder. Remaining proceeds of $2.3 million 
were used along with existing cash to pay off the line of credit balance of $4.5 million .  

The Term A Loan is charged interest either at Prime (subject to a 2.5% floor) + 4.25% or LIBOR (subject to a 1.5% floor) + 5.25% , which 
was 6.75% at December 31, 2014 . The Term A loan requires quarterly payments of $2.5 million beginning in June 2012, with the 
remaining outstanding principal balance due March 19, 2017 . As of December 31, 2014 , the Term A loan ending balance, including the 
current portion was $26.1 million .  

The Term B loan is charged interest at Prime + 4.75% (subject to a 2.50% floor) or LIBOR (subject to a 1.50% floor) + 5.75% which was 
7.25% at December 31, 2014 . The Term B loan requires quarterly payments of $0.2 million beginning in June 2012, with the outstanding 
principal balance due March 19, 2018 . As of December 31, 2014 , the Term B loan ending balance, including the current portion was $85.7 
million .  

The Company has a line of credit under the Agreement which allows for borrowings of up to $11 million . Borrowings accrue interest at 
Prime + 4.25% or LIBOR + 5.25% , which was 6.75% at December 31, 2014 . Both the Prime and the LIBOR alternatives are subject to 
minimum rate floors. In addition, a facility fee of 0.5% is assessed on the commitment amount. There were no outstanding borrowings under 
this line of credit at December 31, 2014 , but there are letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $2.0 million , leaving remaining 
borrowing capacity under the line of credit of $9.0 million at December 31, 2014 . The line of credit expires in March 19, 2017 .  

The Agreement contains certain restrictive financial covenants, which require, among other things, that we meet a minimum fixed charge 
coverage ratio of 1.20 and maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio of 3.25 . Additionally, these covenants restrict the Company and its 
subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain types or amounts of indebtedness, incur liens on certain assets, make material changes in corporate 
structure or the nature of its business, dispose of material assets, engage in a change in control transaction, make certain foreign investments, 
enter into certain restrictive agreements, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. We were in compliance with all such covenants at 
December 31, 2014 .  

The Agreement contains a prepayment provision which requires the Company to perform an annual excess cash flow computation based on 
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization compared to changes in working capital. Based on the results of this 
computation, in May 2014 and May 2013, the Company made payments of $11.5 million and $3.6 million , respectively, to the lenders.  

During our March 19, 2012 recapitalization, debt issuance costs of $5.0 million were capitalized, including $1.5 million of agent fees paid to 
an entity associated with our majority stockholder, and $0.8 million paid to third parties for legal and other services and a grant of 215,000 
shares of Common Stock issued as compensation to an investment bank acting as financial advisor valued at approximately $2.8 million , 
based upon a price of $13 per share. These costs are being amortized to expense over the life of the new loans.  

The Company capitalized an additional $0.8 million related to our June 28, 2012 amendment to the Agreement, which included $0.2 million 
of agent fees paid to an entity associated with our majority stockholders, and $0.0 million paid to third parties for legal and other services. 
Debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the new loans. Accumulated amortization of debt issuance costs 
amounted to $3.1 million at December 31, 2014 .  

Debt extinguishment costs of $3.7 million were expensed, including $3.3 million of fees paid to the lenders, and $0.3 million of unamortized 
debt issuance costs associated with the old credit facility.  

F-14  

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

On November 4, 2014, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to its Credit Agreement (Second Amendment) in which certain 
financial covenants were amended and additional financial covenants were added. Under the Second Amendment, the total debt to EBITDA 
ratio, which required the Company to maintain a ratio of 3.25 to1.0 as of September 30, 2014 was revised as follows:  

•  

•  

•  

for the computation periods ending December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015, September 30, 2015 and December 31, 
2015, the Company must maintain a total debt to EBITDA ratio of 5.00 to1.0  

for the computation periods ending March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016, the Company 
must maintain a total debt to EBITDA ratio of 4.75 to1.0; and  

for each computation period ending March 31, 2017 and thereafter, the Company must maintain a total debt to EBITDA ratio of 
3.25 to1.0  

In addition, the fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.20 to1.0, which was in effect for every computation period under the Credit Agreement as 
of September 30, 2014, has been revised under the Second Amendment to apply only to the computation periods ending September 30, 
2014, March 31, 2017, and each computation period thereafter.  

The Second Amendment also added an interest coverage ratio, defined as the ratio of EBITDA compared to interest expense paid in cash for 
the computation period. Under this new financial covenant, the Company is required to maintain:  

•  

•  

an interest coverage ratio not to be less than 2.25 to1.0 for the computation periods ending December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015, 
June 30,2015, September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2015; and  

an interest coverage ratio not to be less than of 2.50 to1.0 for the computation period ending March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, 
September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016.  

In addition, among other things, under the Second Amendment, the Company is now required to maintain minimum adjusted cash balances 
of $35.0 million from November 4, 2014 through December 31, 2015, and minimum adjusted cash balances of $30.0 million from January 
1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Further, under the Second Amendment, the Company must maintain EBITDA for any trailing twelve 
month period of not less than $20.0 million beginning with the month ending November 30, 2014 through the month ending December 31, 
2016. Also, pursuant to the terms of the Second Amendment, the lenders are not required to make new loans or issue new letters of credit 
under the Company's line of credit when the total debt to EBITDA ratio exceeds 3.25 to 1.0. Lastly, under the Second Amendment, capital 
expenditures of the Company in the years ending December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2016, are not permitted to 
exceed $12.5 million .  

Interest charged under the Credit Agreement as revised by the Second Amendment is a function of the total debt to EBITDA ratio, adjusted 
quarterly. When the total debt to EBITDA ratio is greater than 4.0 to1.00, the Term A loan is charged interest either at Prime + 4.75% or 
LIBOR + 5.75% , while the Term B loan is charged interest either at Prime + 5.25% or LIBOR + 6.25% . When the total debt to EBITDA 
ratio is equal to or less than 4.0 to1.00, the Term A loan is charged interest either at Prime + 4.25% or LIBOR + 5.25% , while the Term B 
loan is charged interest either at Prime + 4.75% or LIBOR + 5.75% .  

Fees for the Second Amendment of $ 0.5 million were paid to the lenders on November 4, 2014.  

6. Commitments and Contingencies  

The Company leases office facilities and certain equipment. In August 2013, we entered into a new lease agreement for office space for 
approximately 15,667 square feet in Grants Pass, Oregon. In January 2012, we renewed two of our facilities leases and entered into a new 
lease agreement for approximately 6,000 square feet in Livermore, California.  

Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):  

Year Ending December 31,  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
Thereafter  
Total  

F-15  

Amount  

2,290  
1,938  
1,485  
668  
601  
815  
7,797  

$ 

$ 

 
 
Table of Contents  

Lease expense was $2.9 million , $2.6 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  

7. Capital Stock  

Prior to August 15, 2012, the total number of shares of capital stock that the Company had authority to issue was 96,000,000 , consisting of 
18,000,000 shares of Series A Participating Senior Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock), $0.0001 par value per share (Series A 
Preferred Stock); 18,000,000 shares of Series B Redeemable Senior Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (Series B Preferred Stock); 
and 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. On August 15, 2012, the authorized Common Stock was increased to 
500,000,000 shares and the authorized preferred stock was increased to 50,000,000 shares.  

(a)   Series A Preferred Stock 

Issuanc e – On May 23, 2006, the Company sold 5,295,676  shares of Series A Preferred Stock to shareholders at a price of $5.67 per share, 
receiving gross proceeds of $30,000,000 , and net proceeds of $29,925,000 after issuance costs of $75,000 .  

Retirement of Series of A Preferred Stock - On March 19, 2012, the Company recapitalized. As part of the recapitalization, 3,897,000 
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into conversion units, which consisted of one share of Series B Preferred 
Stock and one share of Common Stock. The Series B Preferred shares plus accrued dividends were redeemed for cash of $44 million , and 
3,897,000 shares of Common Stock were issued to the holders of the redeemed Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  

In June 2012, the remaining 1,399,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into conversion units of one share of 
Series B Preferred Stock and one share of Common Stock. The shares Series B Preferred Stock plus accrued dividends were redeemed for 
cash of $16.3 million and 1,399,000 shares of Common Stock were issued to the holders of the redeemed Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock.  

Dividends – The holders of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled to receive dividends as declared by the board of directors. The dividends 
accrued on a daily basis at the rate of 12%  per annum on the sum of the Liquidation Value plus accumulated dividends and accrued and 
unpaid dividends thereon from the date of issuance of the Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had accrued dividends 
payable of $28,248,000 recorded as an increase to the Series A Preferred Stock.  

Voting – Each share of Series A Preferred Stock entitled the holder to cast a number of votes per share equal to the number of votes that the 
holder would be entitled to cast assuming that such shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of Common Stock.  

Liquidation – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, before any distribution or payment to holders of 
Common Stock, but on parity with the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled to be 
paid an amount equal to the Liquidation Value of $5.67 per share plus any accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. In addition 
to the payments set forth above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled to participate, on a parity and ratably on a 
per-share basis with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to all such distributions or payments that the holders of Series A Preferred 
Stock would have been entitled to receive with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such holders’ shares of 
Series A Preferred Stock were convertible immediately prior to any relevant record date or payment date in connection with liquidation, 
dissolution, or winding up, but only to the extent that shares of Common Stock would have participated in such distributions or payments 
(and such payment shall be junior to all equity securities of the Company that rank senior to the Common Stock, including without 
limitation the Series B Preferred Stock).  

Conversion – The Series A Preferred Stock was convertible into Conversion Units (as defined below), at a rate of one Conversion Unit for 
one share of Series A Preferred Stock. A Conversion Unit consisted of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing 
the Liquidation Value of the Series A Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price then in effect (the Common Portion) and (ii) one share of 
Series B Preferred Stock (the Series B Portion) subject to adjustments. If upon conversion there were any unpaid, accrued, or accumulated 
dividends due on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such dividends continued to be deferred, but were considered unpaid, accrued, or 
accumulated dividends (as the case may be) due on the Series B Preferred Stock.  

•   Optional conversion – Each share of Series A Preferred Stock was convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into a 

Conversion Unit at any time after the date of issuance of such share.  

F-16  

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

•   Automatic conversion – Each share of Series A Preferred Stock automatically could have been converted into Conversion Units on 
the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred 
Stock.  

•   Conversion price – The initial Conversion Price of the shares issued in May 2006 was $5.67 per share. In order to prevent dilution 

of the conversion rights granted to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price was subject to adjustment from 
time to time under certain circumstances. If the Company (i) declared a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of its 
capital stock (including Common Stock), (ii) subdivided the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combined the outstanding Common 
Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issued any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Common Stock, then, 
in each such case, the Conversion Price was to be proportionately adjusted so that, in connection with a conversion of the shares of 
Series A Preferred Stock after such date, the holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock would have been entitled to receive the 
aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock, which, if the conversion had occurred immediately prior to such date, the 
holder would have owned upon such conversion and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination, 
or reclassification.  

(b) Issuance of Shares of Common Stock as Compensation  

As part of the March 19, 2012 recapitalization, the Company issued to its financial advisor as compensation in connection with the debt 
portion of the recapitalization 215,000 shares of Common Stock valued at approximately $2.8 million based upon a price of $13 per share. 
This amount represents debt issuance costs and is being amortized to expense over the 5 to 6 year life of the loans described in Note 5.  

(c) Initial Public Offering  

In August 2012, the Company completed its initial public offering (IPO) in which we issued and sold 1,924,000  shares of Common Stock at 
a public offering price of $9.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $12.6 million after deducting underwriter discounts and 
commissions of $1.0 million and other offering expenses of approximately $3.6 million . In addition, a financial advisor to the Company 
was paid $0.9 million through the issuance of 103,500 shares of Common Stock valued at $9.00 per share.  

8.   Stock-based Compensation 

(a)   Stock Options 

The Company established the 2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan, the DCS Holdings, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (Performant 
Financial Corporation is the new name of DCS Holdings, Inc.), the Performant Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Option Plan, and the 
Performant Financial Corporation 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plans). Under the terms of the 2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan, 
stock options may be granted for up to 4,000,000  shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued Common Stock. The 2004 DCS 
Holdings Stock Option Plan was terminated on the completion of the Company’s initial public offering in August 2012. No shares of 
our common stock are available under our 2004 Stock Option Plan other than for satisfying exercises of stock options granted under this 
plan prior to termination.  

Under the terms of the DCS Holdings, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock bonuses, and 
rights to acquire restricted stock may be granted for up to 3,600,000  shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued Common Stock. 
Options granted under the DCS Holdings, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan generally vest over a four -year period. The Company’s DCS 
Holdings, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan was terminated on the completion of its initial public offering in August 2012. No shares of 
our common stock are available under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan other than for satisfying exercises of stock options granted under 
this plan prior to termination.  

Under the terms of the Performant Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Option Plan, incentive and nonqualified stock options may be 
granted for up to 4,000,000  shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued Common Stock. Options granted under the Performant 
Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Option Plan generally vest over a five -year period. Performant Financial Corporation 2007 Stock 
Option Plan was terminated on the completion of its initial public offering in August 2012. No shares of our common stock are 
available under our 2007 Stock Option Plan other than for satisfying exercises of stock options granted under this plan prior to 
termination.  

The terms of the Performant Financial Corporation 2012 Stock Incentive Plan provide for the granting of incentive stock options within 
the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees and the granting of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation 
rights, stock unit awards and cash-based awards to employees, non-  

F-17  

 
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents  

employee directors and consultants. The Company has reserved 4,300,000 shares of common stock under the 2012 Plan. Options 
granted under the Performant Financial Corporation 2012 Stock Incentive Plan generally vest over periods of four or five -years.  

The exercise price of incentive stock options shall generally not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock 
subject to the option on the date that the option is granted. The exercise price of nonqualified stock options shall generally not be less 
than 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to the option on the date that the option is granted. Options issued 
under the Plans have a maximum term of 10 years and vest over schedules determined by the board of directors. Options issued under 
the Plans generally provide for immediate vesting of unvested shares in the event of a sale of the Company.  

Total stock-based compensation expense charged as salaries and benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations was $3.7 
million , $3.0 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively.  

The following table sets forth a summary of our stock option activity for the year ended December 31:  

Outstanding at December 31, 2011  
Granted  
Forfeited  
Exercised  
Outstanding at December 31, 2012  
Granted  
Forfeited  
Exercised  
Outstanding at December 31, 2013  
Granted  
Forfeited  
Exercised  
Outstanding at December 31, 2014  
Vested, exercisable, and expected to vest (1)  at 
December 31, 2014  
Exercisable at December 31, 2014  

Outstanding  
Options  

Weighted  
average  
exercise price  
per share  

5,664,750     $ 
2,549,109     
(19,077 )    
(285,058 )    
7,909,724     
313,600     
(102,381 )    
(2,908,122 )    
5,212,821     
254,000     
(410,625 )    
(1,032,813 )    
4,023,383     $ 

3,980,118     $ 
2,475,868     $ 

0.80     
10.32        
7.99        
0.61        
3.85     
11.85        
10.05        
0.60        
6.03     
9.69        
10.53        
0.62        
7.18     

7.16     
5.32     

Weighted  
average  
remaining  
contractual life  
(Years)  
5.20  

Aggregate  
Intrinsic Value  
(in thousands)  

5.89  

6.62  

6.41  

6.38  

5.47  

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

7,641  

7,634  
7,510  

(1)   Options expected to vest reflect an estimated forfeiture rate. 

The weighted-average grant-date exercise price of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 
was $9.69 , $11.85 and $10.32 , respectively, per share. The aggregate intrinsic value of our stock options (the amount by which the 
market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) exercised during the years ended 
December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , was $8.8 million , $31.3 million and $2.9 million , respectively. At December 31, 2014 , 2013 , 
and 2012 , there was $7.5 million , $10.5 million and $12 million , respectively, of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense 
related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average 
period of 2.74 years as stock-based compensation expense.  

Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $0.6 million , $1.8 million and $0.2 million during 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , we realized a $3.2 million , $9.1 million and $0.6 million tax 
benefit from the exercise of stock options, respectively.  

The fair value of each option grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatilities are calculated 
based on the historical volatility data of comparable peer companies over a term comparable to the expected term of the options issued. 
The expected term of the award is determined based on the average of the vesting term and the contractual term. Management monitors 
share option exercise and employee termination patterns to estimate forfeiture rates within the valuation model. Separate groups of 
employees that have similar groups of employees with similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation 
purposes.  

F-18  

 
 
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
Table of Contents  

We estimated the fair value of options granted using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:  

Expected volatility  
Expected dividends  
Expected term (years)  
Risk-free interest rate  
Weighted-average estimated fair value of options granted during the year  

For the Years Ended December 31,  

2014  
51.0%  
—%  
6.1  
1.9%  
$4.85  

2013  
54.2%  
—%  
6.2  
1.5%  
$6.23  

2012  
48.3%  
—%  
6.5  
1.0%  
$5.22  

Valuation and Amortization Method – The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes-Merton 
option pricing model. The fair value is then amortized on a straight line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is 
generally the vesting period. Stock options typically have a ten year life from the grant date and vesting periods of four to five years. 
The fair value of the Company’s common stock is based on the market price of the stock on the date of grant.  

Expected Term – The Company’s expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be 
outstanding. For awards granted subject only to service vesting requirements, the Company utilizes the simplified method under the 
provisions of FASB ASC 718-10-S99-1 (Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107) for estimating the expected term of the stock-based award. 

Expected Volatility – Because there is insufficient history of the Company’s stock price returns, the Company lacks sufficient historical 
volatility data for its equity awards. Accordingly, the Company calculates the expected volatility using a composite made up of 
comparable peer companies and an approximate 38% company weighting over a term comparable to the expected term of the options 
issued.  

Expected Dividend – The Company has never paid dividends on its common shares and currently does not intend to do so. Accordingly, 
the dividend yield percentage is zero for all periods.  

Risk-Free Interest Rate – The risk-free interest rate used in the Black Scholes valuation method is based on the U.S. Treasury constant 
maturity interest rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of our stock options.  

(b)   Restricted Stock Units 

      The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31:  

Outstanding at December 31, 2012  
Granted  
Forfeited  
Vested and converted to shares  
Outstanding at December 31, 2013  
Granted  
Forfeited  
Vested and converted to shares  

Outstanding at December 31, 2014  

Expected to vest at December 31, 2014  

Number of  

Awards  

Weighted  

average  

grant date  

fair value  

—      $ 

5,263      
—     
—     
5,263       $ 

488,545      
(30,900 )     
(1,316 )     
461,592       $ 
438,510       $ 

— 
10.59  
— 
— 
10.59  
9.27  
9.26  
10.59  
9.28  
9.28  

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was $ 3.5 million and $0.1 million of compensation expense yet to be recognized related to non-
vested restricted stock units. The unrecognized expense as of December 31, 2014 is expected to be recognized over the remaining 
weighted-average vested period of 3.3 years . 1,316 and none of the restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 
2014 and 2013, respectively. Restricted stock units granted under the Performant Financial Corporation 2012 Stock Incentive Plan 
generally vest over periods between  

F-19  

 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

one and four years. The company did not realize any tax benefits related to the restricted stock units during the year ended December 
31, 2014 and 2013.  

9. Employee Benefit Plan  

The Company has a 401(k) Salary Deferral Plan (the Plan) covering all full-time employees who have met certain service requirements. 
Employees may contribute a portion of their salary up to the maximum limit established by the Internal Revenue Code for such plans. 
Employer contributions are discretionary. No matching contributions were made during 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

10. Income Taxes  

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):  

Current:  

Federal  
State  

Deferred:  

Federal  
State  

Total Expense (Benefit)  

2014  

2013  

2012  

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,802     $ 
2,600     
9,402     

(1,625 )    $ 
(78 )    
(1,703 )    
7,699     $ 

21,526     $ 
5,149     
26,675     

(866 )    $ 
(842 )    
(1,708 )    
24,967     $ 

15,142  
3,470  
18,612  

(1,599 ) 
(227 ) 
(1,826 ) 
16,786  

A reconciliation of the income tax expense calculated using the applicable federal statutory rates to the actual income tax expense for the 
years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 is as follows:  

Federal income at the statutory rate  
State income tax, net of federal benefit  
Permanent differences  
Other  

2014  

2013  

2012  

35  %    
10  %    
2  %    
(2 )%   
45  %    

35 %   
5 %   
1 %   
—%   
41 %   

35 % 
5 % 
2 % 
—% 
42 % 

The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 , and 2013 (in 
thousands):  

F-20  

 
 
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Deferred tax assets:  

Bad debt reserve  
Vacation accrual  
Nonqualified stock options  
Debt issuance costs  
Acquisition costs  
State tax deferral  
Deferred revenue  
State tax credits  
Net operating loss  
Estimated liability for appeals  
Other  

Total deferred tax assets  

Valuation allowance  

Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance  

Deferred tax liabilities:  

Identifiable intangible assets  
Fixed assets  
Other  

Total deferred tax liabilities  

Net deferred tax liabilities  

2014  

2013  

$ 

$ 

13     $ 
685     
3,059     
643     
630     
934     
273     
305     
110     
5,313     
304     
12,269     
(349 )    
11,920     

(10,227 )    
(5,732 )    
(22 )    
(15,981 )    
(4,061 )    $ 

13  
1,020  
1,526  
848  
158  
1,474  
352  
290  
47  
4,277  
118  
10,123  
(147 ) 
9,976  

(11,176 ) 
(4,543 ) 
(22 ) 
(15,741 ) 
(5,765 ) 

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize 
the deferred tax assets, except for certain state tax credits. Income tax expense is allocated to the subsidiaries included in the consolidated 
tax return on the basis of the subsidiaries’ stand-alone tax provision.  

The Company has a valuation allowance of approximately $0.3 million and $0.1 million , as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, 
respectively, primarily related to California enterprise zone tax credits for which it is not more likely than not that the tax benefit will be 
realized.  

The Company has state tax credits of $0.3 million , which, due to the Assembly Bill 93 and Senate Bill 90 signed on July 11, 2013, are now 
limited to a 10 year carryforward, and will expire in 2024. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of $0.4 million which 
expire in 2020 .  

The following table reconciles the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2014 from its unrecognized tax benefits as of 
December 31, 2012 (in thousands):  

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2012  
Increase related to prior year tax positions  
Increase related to current year tax positions  
Settlements  
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2013  
Increase related to prior year tax positions  
Decrease related to prior year tax positions  
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2014  

$ 

$ 

279  
357  
49  
(139 ) 
546  
444  
(42 ) 
948  

At December 31, 2014 and 2013 , we had approximately $0.9 million and $0.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. We do not 
expect any significant change in unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months. The Company records interest expense and 
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The amount of accrued interest was not material at December 31, 2014 
and 2013 , respectively. No penalties were recognized in 2014 or accrued at December 31, 2014 , and 2013 respectively. Unrecognized tax 
benefits of approximately 0.9 million which, if recognized, would favorably affect the Company’s effective income tax rate.  

F-21  

 
 
   
  
   
     
 
   
Table of Contents  

The Company files federal and state income tax returns. For years before 2010, the Company is no longer subject to California, Texas, and 
certain state state tax examinations. For tax year before 2011, the Company is no longer subject to Federal and certain other state tax 
examinations.  

11. Related Party Transactions  

Our notes payable, both before and after the recapitalization of March 19, 2012, are held by a number of lenders, some of whom also 
invested in and held our stock during 2012 and 2013. As a result, these entities are considered related parties. Interest expense under these 
arrangements totaled $10.3 million and $11.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, and the debt 
extinguishment expense associated with the recapitalization totaled $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .  

In an agreement dated April 13, 2012 , the Company and an affiliate of Parthenon Capital Partners terminated an existing advisory services 
agreement, which called for quarterly payments of $0.1 million . As part of the April 13, 2012 termination agreement, the Company agreed 
to pay Parthenon Capital $1.3 million in equal quarterly installments of $0.1 million beginning in April 2012, provided that the remaining 
balance will become due and payable immediately upon the closing of an IPO or the sale of the Company. The Company paid two quarterly 
installments of $0.1 million and paid the remaining balance of $1.1 million on August 15, 2012, the date the IPO closed. In addition, the 
agreement specifies that the affiliate will be due a fee equal to 1% of the aggregate gross proceeds of an IPO offering or 1% of the aggregate 
consideration paid in connection with the sale of the Company, as applicable. The Company expensed and paid $0.9 million to Parthenon 
Capital Partners in August 2012 upon successful closing of the IPO.  

12. Other Commitments and Contingencies  

(a)   Trust Funds 

The Company collects principal and interest payments and collection costs on defaulted loans for various contracting agencies. Cash 
collections for some of the Company’s customers are held in trust in bank accounts controlled by the Company. The Company remits trust 
funds to the contracting agencies on a regular basis. The amount of cash held in trust and the related liability are separated from and not 
included in the Company’s assets and liabilities. Cash held in trust for customers totaled $9.7 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2014 
and 2013 , respectively.  

(b)   Litigation 

The Company, during the ordinary course of its operations, has been named in various legal suits and claims, several of which are still 
pending. In the opinion of management and the Company’s legal counsel, such legal actions will not have a material effect on the 
Company’s financial position or results of operations or cash flows.  

13. Subsequent Events  

On January 28, 2015, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with Premier Healthcare Exchange, Inc., a 
Delaware corporation (“PHX”), pursuant to which, PHX would become our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary. The Merger Agreement 
contains customary closing conditions, including completion of a financing by us to fund the consideration payable under the terms of the 
Merger Agreement.  The purchase price under the Merger Agreement is approximately $108 million in cash, subject to certain adjustments, 
and certain PHX stockholders will also exchange shares for $22 million of our common stock. We also could be obligated to pay up to an 
additional $19.1 million in cash pursuant to an earnout arrangement based on PHX in revenues in 2015. On January 28, 2015 we announced 
proposed concurrent public offerings of $80 million aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes due 2020  and $50 million of 
shares of our common stock to finance the cash portion of the consideration payable under the Merger Agreement. On January 30, 2015, we 
announced our decision to withdraw the proposed public offerings of convertible senior notes and common stock. The Merger Agreement is 
currently terminable by either us or PHX without penalty, except that we are obligated to pay an expense termination fee of $750,000 in the 
event the merger is not completed due to our failure to complete the required financing of the consideration payable under the Merger 
Agreement.  

F-22  

 
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents  

SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to 

be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

By:  

/s/ Lisa C. Im  
Lisa C. Im  
Chief Executive Officer  

Date: March 12, 2015  

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lisa C. Im 

and Hakan L. Orvell, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any 
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or 
their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Name  

/s/ Lisa C. Im  
Lisa C. Im  

/s/ Hakan L. Orvell  
Hakan L. Orvell  

/s/ Todd R. Ford  
Todd R. Ford  

/s/ Brian P. Golson  
Brian P. Golson  

/s/ Bradley F. Fluegel  
Bradley F. Fluegel  

/s/ Bruce Hansen  
Bruce Hansen  

/s/ William D. Hansen  
William D. Hansen  

Title  

Date  

  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) 

March 12, 2015  

and Board Chair  

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and 

March 12, 2015  

Accounting Officer)  

  Director  

  Director  

  Director  

  Director  

  Director  

March 12, 2015  

March 12, 2015  

March 12, 2015  

March 12, 2015  

March 12, 2015  

 
   
   
 
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS  
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012  

Allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):  

Description  
2014  
2013  
2012  

Balance at  
Beginning of  
Period  

Additions  
Charged  
against Revenue  

$ 
$ 
$ 

32     
65     
77     

—    
—    
—    

Recoveries  

Charge-offs  

Balance at  
End of Period  

—    
2     
2     

—    $ 
(35 )    $ 
(14 )    $ 

32  
32  
65  

Estimated allowance and liability for appeals – RAC Contract (in thousands):  

Description  
2014  
2013  
2012  

Balance at  
Beginning of  

$ 
$ 
$ 

16,443     
5,577     
934     

Additions  
Charged  
against Revenue     
8,624     
12,791     
8,589     

Appeals found  
in Providers  
Favor  

Balance at  
End of Period  

(6,442 )    $ 
(1,925 )    $ 
(3,946 )    $ 

18,625   *  
16,443   *  
5,577   *  

*  

Includes $0 , $1,160 and $1,199 related to the estimated allowance for appeals that apply to uncollected accounts receivable as of 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively.  

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
Table of Contents  

EXHIBIT INDEX  

Exhibit  
Number  

Description  

2.1  

3.1  

3.2  

4.2  

10.1  

10.2  

10.3  

10.4  

10.5  

10.6  

10.7  

10.8  

10.9  

10.10  

10.11  

10.12  

10.13  

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2015, by and among Performant Financial Corporation, Project Phoenix 
Merger Sub, Inc., Premier Healthcare Exchange, Inc. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 29, 2015)  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(b) to the Company's Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 30, 2012)  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(b) to the Company's Registration Statement 
on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among the Registrant and the persons listed 
thereon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 30, 2012)  

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

2004 DCS Holdings Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

2007 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 23, 2012)  

Recovery Audit Contractor contract by and between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Center for Medicare and Medicaid 
Services dated as of October 3, 2008, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, by and among DCS Business Services, Inc., the Lenders party Hereto, Madison 
Capital Funding LLC, and ING Capital (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Registration Statement on 
Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Form of Change of Control Agreement, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 30, 2012)  

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa Im, dated as of April 15, 2012, as amended (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jon D. Shaver dated as of March 31, 2003, as amended (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Lisa C. Im dated as of July 3, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

Repurchase Agreement between the Registrant and Jon D. Shaver dated as of July 3, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.11 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 3, 2012)  

Director Nomination Agreement between the Registrant and Parthenon DCS Holdings, LLC dated as of July 20, 2012 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated as of January 8, 
2004, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
23, 2012)  

10.14  

Termination of the Advisory Services Agreement between Diversified Collection Services, Inc. and Parthenon Capital, LLC dated 
as of January 8, 2004, as amended, dated as of April 13, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed July 23, 2012)  

10.15  

2012 Stock Incentive Plan*  

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Exhibit  
Number  

Description  

10.16  

10.17  

21  

23  

24  

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, by and among DCS Business Services, 
Inc., the Lenders party thereto, Madison Capital Funding LLC, and ING Capital*  

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2014, by and among Performant Business Services, Inc., the 
Lenders thereto, and Madison Capital Funding LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q filed November 10, 2014)  

List of Subsidiaries  

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to this report)  

31.1  

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification, executed by Lisa C. Im  

31.2  

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification, executed by Hakan L. Orvell  

32.1  

Furnished Statement of the Chief Executive Officer under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  

32.2  

Furnished Statement of the Chief Financial Officer under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document  

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme  

101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase  

101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document  

101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase  

101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase  

* Filed herewith  

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN  

(Adopted by the Board of Directors on July 20, 2012 )  

Table of Contents  

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.     1  

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.     1  

Exhibit 10.15 

Page 

(a) “Affiliate”     1  

(b) “Award”     1  

(c) “Board of Directors”     1  

(d) “ Cash-Based Award ”     1  

(e) “Change in Control”     1  

(f) “Code”     3  

(g) “Committee”     3  

(h) “Company”     3  

(i) “Consultant”     3  

(j) “Employee”     3  

(k) “Exchange Act”     3  

(l) “Exercise Price”     3  

(m) “Fair Market Value”     3  

(n) “ISO”     4  

(o) “Nonstatutory Option”     4  

(p) “Offeree”     4  

(q) “Option”     4  

(r) “Optionee”     4  

(s) “Outside Director”     4  

(t) “Parent”     4  

(u) “Participant”     4  

(v) “ Performance Based Award”     4  

(w) “Plan”     4  

 
   
(x) “Purchase Price”     4  

(y) “Restricted Share”     4  

(z) “Restricted Share Agreement”     4  

(aa) “SAR”     5  

(bb) “SAR Agreement”     5  

(cc) “Service”     5  

(dd) “Share”     5  

(ee) “Stock”     5  

(ff) “Stock Option Agreement”     5  

(gg) “Stock Unit”     5  

(hh) “Stock Unit Agreement”     5  

(ii) “Subsidiary”     5  

(jj) “Total and Permanent Disability”     5  

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.     5  

(a) Committee Composition     5  

(b) Committee for Non-Officer Grants     6  

(c) Committee Procedures     6  

(d) Committee Responsibilities     6  

(e) Amendment or Cancellation and Re-grant of Stock Awards     7  

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY.     8  

(a) General Rule     8  

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders     8  

(c) Attribution Rules     8  

(d) Outstanding Stock     8  

SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.     8  

(a) Basic Limitation     8  

(b) Section 162(m) Award Limitation     8  

(c) Additional Shares     9  

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES.     9  

(a) Restricted Stock Agreement     9  

(b) Payment for Awards     9  

(c) Vesting     9  

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights     9  

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares     9  

SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.     10  

(a) Stock Option Agreement     10  

(b) Number of Shares     10  

(c) Exercise Price     10  

(d) Withholding Taxes     10  

(e) Exercisability and Term     10  

(f) Exercise of Options     10  

(g) Effect of Change in Control     11  

(h) No Rights as a Stockholder     11  

(i) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options     11  

(j) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares     11  

(k) Buyout Provisions     11  

SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.     11  

(a) General Rule     11  

(b) Surrender of Stock     11  

(c) Services Rendered     12  

(d) Cashless Exercise     12  

(e) Exercise/Pledge     12  

(f) Net Exercise     12  

(g) Promissory Note     12  

(h) Other Forms of Payment     12  

(i) Limitations under Applicable Law     12  

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.     12  

(a) SAR Agreement     12  

(b) Number of Shares     12  

(c) Exercise Price     13  

(d) Exercisability and Term     13  

(e) Effect of Change in Control     13  

(f) Exercise of SARs     13  

(g) Modification or Assumption of SARs     13  

(h) Buyout Provisions     13  

SECTION 10. STOCK UNITS.     14  

(a) Stock Unit Agreement     14  

(b) Payment for Awards     14  

(c) Vesting Conditions     14  

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights     14  

(e) Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units     14  

(f) Death of Recipient     14  

(g) Creditors’ Rights     15  

SECTION 11. CASH-BASED AWARDS     15  

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.     15  

(a) Adjustments     15  

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation     15  

(c) Reorganizations     15  

(d) Reservation of Rights     16  

SECTION 13. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.     17  

(a) Committee Powers     17  

(b) General Rules     17  

SECTION 14. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.     17  

SECTION 15. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES.     17  

(a) Effective Date     17  

(b) Elections to Receive NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units     17  

(c) Number and Terms of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units     18  

SECTION 16. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.     18  

SECTION 17. TAXES.     18  

(a) General     18  

(b) Share Withholding     18  

(c) Section 409A .     18  

SECTION 18. OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS.     19  

(a) Transferability     19  

(b) Substitution and Assumption of Awards     19  

(c) Qualifying Performance Criteria     19  

SECTION 19. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.     21  

SECTION 20. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.     21  

(a) Term of the Plan     21  

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan     21  

(c) Effect of Termination     21  

SECTION 21. EXECUTION.     22  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION  

2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN  

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE. 

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on July 20, 2012 , and shall be effective immediately prior to the 
time when the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 in respect of the initial offering of Stock to the public (the 
“Registration Statement”) is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Effective Date”). The 
purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) 
encouraging Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range objectives, (b) encouraging 
the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) 
linking Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests through increased stock 
ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of restricted shares, stock units, 

 
 
options (which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options) or stock appreciation rights.  

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS. 

(a)      “Affiliate” shall mean any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries 

own not less than 50% of such entity.  

(b)      “Award” shall mean any award of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share or a Stock Unit or a Cash-Based 

Award under the Plan.  

(c)      “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.  

(d)      “ Cash-Based Award ” shall mean an Award that entitles the Participant to receive a cash-denominated 

payment.  

(e)      “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:  

(i)  

A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-
half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:  

(A)      Had been directors of the Company on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the 

“original directors”); or  

(B)      Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative 

votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of 
the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved 
(the “continuing directors”);  

provided, however, that for this purpose, the “original directors” and “continuing 
directors” shall not include any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result 
of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or 
other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than 
the Board of Directors; or  

(ii)   Any “person” (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or 

becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or 
indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power 
of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under 
special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); 
except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any 
person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Base 
Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be 
disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s 
beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company; or  

(iii)   The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company 
with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not 
stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other 
reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or 
more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the Company (or its 
successor) and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (or its successor); or  

(iv)   The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. 

For purposes of subsection (e)(i) above, the term “look-back” date shall mean the later of (1) the Effective Date 

or (2) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control.  

For purposes of subsection (e)(ii)) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in 
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under 
an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or 
indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.  

Any other provision of this Section 2(e) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if 
its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned 
in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such 
transaction, and a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the 
United States Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial or secondary public offering of securities or debt of 
the Company to the public.  

(f)      “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  

(g)      “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee as designated by the Board of Directors, which is 

authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section 3 hereof.  

(h)      “Company” shall mean Performant Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation.  

(i)      “Consultant” shall mean a consultant or advisor who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, 

a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor (not including service as a member of the Board of Directors) 
or a member of the board of directors of a Parent or a Subsidiary, in each case who is not an Employee.  

(j)      “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a 

Subsidiary or an Affiliate.  

(k)      “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  

(l)      “Exercise Price” shall mean, in the case of an Option, the amount for which one Share may be purchased 
upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. “Exercise Price,” in the case of a 
SAR, shall mean an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market 
Value of one Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.  

(m)      “Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, shall mean the market price of one Share, determined by the 

Committee as follows:  

(i)  

(ii)  

If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall 
be equal to the last transaction price quoted for such date by the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so 
quoted, shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices 
quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock 
is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the Pink Quote system;  

If the Stock was traded on any established stock exchange (such as the New York Stock 
Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Global Select Market) or national market 
system on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price 
reported for such date by the applicable exchange or system; and  

(iii)  

If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined 
by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.  

In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.  

(n)      “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422 of the Code.  

(o)      “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO” shall mean an employee stock option that is not an ISO.  

(p)      “Offeree” shall mean a person to whom the Committee has offered the right to acquire Shares under the 

Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).  

(q)      “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to 

purchase Shares.  

(r)      “Optionee” shall mean a person who holds an Option or SAR.  

(s)      “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not a common-law employee of, 

or paid consultant to, the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.  

(t)      “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations 

ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of 
the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that 
attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be a Parent commencing as of such date.  

(u)      “Participant” shall mean a person who holds an Award.  

(v)      “ Performance Based Award” shall mean any Restricted Share Award, Stock Unit Award or Cash-Based 

Award granted to a Participant that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of 
the Code.  

(w)      “Plan” shall mean this 2012 Stock Incentive Plan of Performant Financial Corporation, as amended from 

time to time.  

(x)      “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other 

than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Committee.  

(y)      “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share awarded under the Plan.  

(z)      “Restricted Share Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a 

Restricted Share which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Shares.  

(aa)      “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.  

(bb)      “SAR Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the 

terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR.  

(cc)      “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director, subject to such further 

limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Award agreement. Service does not terminate when an 
Employee goes on a bona fide leave of absence, that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave 
provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for 
purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, an Employee’s employment will be treated as 
terminating three months after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee’s right to return to active work is 
guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such 
Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves of absence count toward Service, 
and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.  

(dd)      “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 (if applicable).  

(ee)      “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.  

(ff)      “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains 

the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Option.  

(gg)      “Stock Unit” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing the Company’s obligation to deliver one Share 

(or distribute cash) on a future date in accordance with the provisions of a Stock Unit Agreement.  

(hh)      “Stock Unit Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Stock 

Unit which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Stock Unit.  

(ii)      “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, if the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not 
less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. A corporation 
that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary 
commencing as of such date.  

(jj)      “Total and Permanent Disability” shall mean any permanent and total disability as defined by Section 22

(e)(3) of the Code.  

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION. 

(a)   Committee Composition . The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by the Board of 

Directors or by the Board of Directors acting as the Committee. The Committee shall consist of two or 
more directors of the Company. In addition, to the extent required by the Board of Directors, the 
composition of the Committee shall satisfy (i) such requirements as the Securities and Exchange 
Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under 
Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and (ii) such requirements as the Internal Revenue 
Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under 
Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.  

(b)   Committee for Non-Officer Grants . The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more separate 

committees of the Board of Directors, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need 
not satisfy the requirements of Section 3(a), who may administer the Plan with respect to Employees who 
are not considered officers or directors of the Company under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, may grant 
Awards under the Plan to such Employees and may determine all terms of such grants. Within the 
limitations of the preceding sentence, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such 
committee or committees appointed pursuant to the preceding sentence. To the extent permitted by 
applicable laws, the Board of Directors may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to 
designate Employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive Awards and/or 
to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the 
Board of Directors shall specify the total number of Awards that such officers may so award.  

(c)  

Committee Procedures . The Board of Directors shall designate one of the members of the Committee as 
chairman. The Committee may hold meetings at such times and places as it shall determine. The acts of a 
majority of the Committee members present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to or 
approved in writing (including via email) by all Committee members, shall be valid acts of the 
Committee.  

(d)   Committee Responsibilities . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority 

and discretion to take the following actions:  

(v)  

To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions; 

(vi)   To adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures and forms relating to the Plan; 

(vii)   To adopt, amend or terminate sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable 

foreign laws including qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws;  

(viii)   To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry 

out the purposes of the Plan;  

(ix)   To determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan; 

(x)  

To select the Offerees and Optionees; 

(xi)   To determine the type of Award and the number of Shares or amount of cash to be made subject 

to each Award;  

(xii)   To prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including (without limitation) the Exercise 

Price and Purchase Price, and the vesting or duration of the Award (including accelerating the 
vesting of Awards, either at the time of the Award or thereafter, without the consent of the 
Participant), to determine whether an Option is to be classified as an ISO or as a Nonstatutory 
Option, and to specify the provisions of the agreement relating to such Award;  

(xiii)   To amend any outstanding Award agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the 

consent of the Participant if the Participant’s rights or obligations would be materially impaired;  

(xiv)   To prescribe the consideration for the grant of each Award or other right under the Plan and to 

determine the sufficiency of such consideration;  

(xv)   To determine the disposition of each Award or other right under the Plan in the event of a 

Participant’s divorce or dissolution of marriage;  

(xvi)   To determine whether Awards under the Plan will be granted in replacement of other grants under 

an incentive or other compensation plan of an acquired business;  

(xvii)   To correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any 

Award agreement;  

(xviii)  To establish or verify the extent of satisfaction of any performance goals or other conditions 

applicable to the grant, issuance, exercisability, vesting and/or ability to retain any Award; and  

(xix)   To take any other actions deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. 

Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the 
Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate, 
except that the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the selection for participation of or the granting 
of Awards under the Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All decisions, interpretations and other 
actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a 
Participant. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to take in good 
faith with respect to the Plan or any Award under the Plan.  

(e)  

Amendment or Cancellation and Re-grant of Stock Awards . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of 
the Plan, neither the Board of Directors nor any Committee, nor their designees, shall have the authority 
to: (i) amend the terms of outstanding Options or SARs to reduce the Exercise Price thereof, or (ii) cancel 
outstanding Options or SARs with an Exercise Price above the current Fair Market Value per Share in 
exchange for another Option, SAR or other Award, unless the stockholders of the Company have 
previously approved such an action or such action relates to an adjustment pursuant to Section 12.  

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY. 

(a)   General Rule . Only common-law employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible 
for the grant of ISOs. Only Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors shall be eligible for the grant 
of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Nonstatutory Options, SARs or Cash-Based Awards.  

(b)  

(c)  

Ten-Percent Stockholders . An Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power 
of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the 
grant of an ISO unless such grant satisfies the requirements of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code.  

Attribution Rules . For purposes of Section 4(b) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee 
shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such Employee’s brothers, 
sisters, spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a 
corporation, partnership, estate or trust shall be deemed to be owned proportionately by or for its 
stockholders, partners or beneficiaries.  

(d)   Outstanding Stock . For purposes of Section 4(b) above, “outstanding stock” shall include all stock 

actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. “Outstanding stock” shall not include shares 
authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the Employee or by any other person.  

SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN. 

(a)  

(b)  

(c)  

Basic Limitation . Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury 
Shares. The aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance as Awards under the Plan shall not 
exceed 4,300,000 (the “Absolute Share Limit”). The number of Shares that may be delivered in the 
aggregate pursuant to the exercise of ISOs granted under the Plan shall not exceed the Absolute Share 
Limit plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations 
promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 
5(c). The limitations of this Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12. The 
number of Shares that are subject to Options or other Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall 
not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company 
shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  

Section 162(m) Award Limitation . Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the Plan, and subject to 
the provisions of Section 12, with respect to any Option or SAR that is intended to qualify as 
“performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, no Participant may receive 
Options or SARs under the Plan in any calendar year that relate to an aggregate of more than 2,000,000 
Shares. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder, in applying 
the foregoing limitation with respect to a Participant, if any Option or SAR is canceled, the canceled 
Option or SAR shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares with respect to which 
Options and SARs may be granted to the Participant. For this purpose, the repricing of an Option or SAR 
shall be treated as the cancellation of the existing Option or SAR and the grant of a new Option or SAR.  

Additional Shares . If Restricted Shares or Shares issued upon the exercise of Options are forfeited, then 
such Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Stock Units, Options or SARs are 
forfeited or terminate for any reason before being exercised or settled, or an Award is settled in cash 
without the delivery of Shares to the holder, then any Shares subject to the Award shall again become 
available for Awards under the Plan. Only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of 
Awards (and not forfeited) shall reduce the number available in Section 5(a) and the balance shall again 
become available for Awards under the Plan. Any Shares withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or 
tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again become available for Awards under the 
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(c), Shares that have actually been issued 
shall not again become available for Awards under the Plan, except for Shares that are forfeited and do 
not become vested.  

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES. 

(a)  

Restricted Stock Agreement . Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a 
Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be 
subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent 

(b)  

(c)  

(d)  

(e)  

with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan 
need not be identical.  

Payment for Awards . Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as 
the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse 
promissory notes, past services and future services.  

Vesting . Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in 
full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. A 
Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, 
disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Restricted 
Shares or thereafter, that all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested in the event that a 
Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.  

Voting and Dividend Rights . The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the 
same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company’s other stockholders. A Restricted Stock 
Agreement, however, may require that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends 
received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same 
conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the dividends were paid.  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Restricted Shares shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights 
of first refusal or other restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in 
the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may 
apply to all holders of Shares.  

SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. 

(a)  

Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option 
Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms 
and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not 
inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option 
Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The 
provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.  

(b)   Number of Shares . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to 
the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 12.  

(c)  

Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an 
ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, except as 
otherwise provided in 4(c), and the Exercise Price of an NSO shall not be less 100% of the Fair Market 
Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with an 
Exercise Price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a 
transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code. Subject to the 
foregoing in this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee 
in its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in one of the forms described in Section 8.  

(d)   Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such 

arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign 
withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also 
make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or 
foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired 
by exercising an Option.  

(e)  

Exercisability and Term . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment 

of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the 
Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant (five 
years for ISOs granted to Employees described in Section 4(b)). A Stock Option Agreement may provide 
for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability, or retirement or other events 
and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the 
Optionee’s Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide 
that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. Subject to the foregoing in 
this Section 7(e), the Committee at its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an 
Option is to become exercisable and when an Option is to expire.  

(f)  

Exercise of Options . Each Stock Option Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Optionee shall 
have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Company 
and its Subsidiaries, and the right to exercise the Option of any executors or administrators of the 
Optionee’s estate or any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from the Optionee by bequest 
or inheritance. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be 
uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons 
for termination of Service.  

(g)  

Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Option or 
thereafter, that such Option shall become exercisable as to all or part of the Shares subject to such Option 
in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.  

(h)   No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a 

stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by his Option until the date of the issuance of a stock 
certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 12.  

(i)   Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may 
modify, extend or renew outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (to the 
extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options 
for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for 
the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing 
notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, materially 
impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option.  

(j)  

(k)  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such 
special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as 
the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option 
Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.  

Buyout Provisions . The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash 
equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option 
previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the 
Committee shall establish.  

SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES. 

(a)   General Rule . The entire Exercise Price or Purchase Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be 

payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the time when such Shares are purchased, 
except as provided in Section 8(b) through Section 8(g) below.  

(b)  

Surrender of Stock . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all 
or in part by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the 
Optionee or his representative. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when 
the new Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership 

of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize 
compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial 
reporting purposes.  

(c)  

Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in 
consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary. If Shares are awarded without the 
payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the 
Award) of the value of the services rendered by the Offeree and the sufficiency of the consideration to 
meet the requirements of Section 6(b).  

(d)   Cashless Exercise . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all 
or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities 
broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the 
aggregate Exercise Price.  

(e)  

Exercise/Pledge . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or 
in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities 
broker or lender to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to 
the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.  

(f)      Net Exercise . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, by a “net exercise” arrangement 

pursuant to which the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option shall be reduced by the largest whole 
number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price (plus tax 
withholdings, if applicable) and any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price (and/or applicable tax 
withholdings) not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Shares to be issued shall be paid by the Optionee in 
cash other form of payment permitted under the Stock Option Agreement.  

(g)  

Promissory Note . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so 
provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-
recourse promissory note.  

(h)   Other Forms of Payment . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so 
provides, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and 
rules.  

(i)  

Limitations under Applicable Law . Notwithstanding anything herein or in a Stock Option Agreement or 
Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as 
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. 

(a)  

SAR Agreement . Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between 
the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be 
subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR 
Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.  

(b)   Number of Shares . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains 

and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 12.  

(c)  

Exercise Price . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a SAR shall 
not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, SARs may be granted with an Exercise Price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per 
Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 
424(a) of the Code. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 9(c), the Exercise Price under any SAR shall 

be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  

(d)  

(e)  

(f)  

Exercisability and Term . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the 
SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR 
Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or 
retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the 
termination of the Optionee’s service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an 
Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR 
may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or 
thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a 
Change in Control.  

Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may determine, at the time of granting a SAR or thereafter, 
that such SAR shall become fully exercisable as to all Common Shares subject to such SAR in the event 
that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.  

Exercise of SARs . Upon exercise of a SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the 
SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of 
Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of 
Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair 
Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.  

(g)   Modification or Assumption of SARs . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, 

extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted 
by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different 
number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price, or in return for the grant of a different 
Award for the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a 
SAR shall, without the consent of the holder, materially impair his or her rights or obligations under such 
SAR.  

(h)  

Buyout Provisions . The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash 
equivalents a SAR previously granted, or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out a SAR previously 
granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall 
establish.  

SECTION 10. STOCK UNITS. 

(a)  

(b)  

(c)  

Stock Unit Agreement . Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Unit 
Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable 
terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The 
provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.  

Payment for Awards . Stock Units may be awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the 
Committee may determine. Cash payment need not be required.  

Vesting Conditions . Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall 
occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. 
A Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, 
disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Stock 
Units or thereafter, that all or part of such Stock Units shall become vested in the event that a Change in 
Control occurs with respect to the Company.  

(d)  

Voting and Dividend Rights . The holders of Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement 
or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee’s discretion, carry with it a 

right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash 
dividends paid on one Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted 
into additional Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the 
form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents which are not 
paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions (including without limitation, any forfeiture 
conditions) as the Stock Units to which they attach.  

(e)  

Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units . Settlement of vested Stock Units may be made in the form 
of (a) cash, (b) Shares or (c) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual 
number of Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the 
original Award, based on predetermined performance factors. Methods of converting Stock Units into 
cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Shares over a 
series of trading days. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide that vested Stock Units may be settled in a 
lump sum or in installments. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide that the distribution may occur or 
commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, 
or it may be deferred to any later date, subject to compliance with Section 409A. The amount of a 
deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of 
Stock Units is settled, the number of such Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 
12.  

(f)  

Death of Recipient . Any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient’s death shall be 
distributed to the recipient’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Stock Units Award under the 
Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the 
Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at 
any time before the Award recipient’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated 
beneficiary survives the Award recipient, then any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the 
recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s estate.  

(g)   Creditors’ Rights . A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of 
the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to 
the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement.  

SECTION 11. CASH-BASED AWARDS 

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Cash-Based Awards to any Participant in such number or 
amount and upon such terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant and 
specify in an applicable Award agreement. The Committee shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based 
Award, the amount of cash which may be payable pursuant to the Cash-Based Award, the conditions upon which the 
Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Each 
Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the 
Committee. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the 
Award and may be made in cash or in shares of Stock, as the Committee determines.  

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES. 

(a)  

Adjustments . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable 
in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material 
effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by reclassification 
or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the 
Committee shall make appropriate and equitable adjustments in:  

(i)  

The number of Shares available for future Awards under Section 5; 

(ii)  

The limitations set forth in Sections 5(a) and (b) and Section 18; 

(iii)   The number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; and 

(iv)   The Exercise Price under each outstanding Award. 

(b)   Dissolution or Liquidation . To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs and Stock 

Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.  

(c)  

Reorganizations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, 
outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Subject to compliance 
with Section 409A of the Code, such agreement shall provide for:  

(iv)   The continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving 

corporation;  

(v)  

The assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or 
subsidiary;  

(vi)   The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the 

outstanding Awards;  

(vii)  

Immediate vesting, exercisability and settlement of outstanding Awards followed by the 
cancellation of such Awards upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such transaction; or 

(viii)   Settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding Awards (whether or not then vested or 

exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents or equity (including cash or equity subject to deferred 
vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Awards or the 
underlying Shares) followed by the cancellation of such Awards (and, for the avoidance of doubt, 
if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Committee determines in good faith that 
no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the 
Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment); in 
each case without the Participant’s consent. Any acceleration of payment of an amount that is 
subject to section 409A of the Code will be delayed, if necessary, until the earliest time that such 
payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any additional taxes 
applicable under Section 409A.  

The Company will have no obligation to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards 

of the same type, similarly.  

(d)  

Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 12, a Participant shall have no rights by reason 
of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any 
other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of 
shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and 
no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares 
subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or 
power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or 
business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its 
business or assets. In the event of any change affecting the Shares or the Exercise Price of Shares subject 
to an Award, including a merger or other reorganization, for reasons of administrative convenience, the 
Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to 
thirty (30) days prior to the occurrence of such event.  

SECTION 13. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS. 

(a)   Committee Powers . Subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the Committee (in its sole 

discretion) may permit or require a Participant to:  

(i)  

Have cash that otherwise would be paid to such Participant as a result of the exercise of a SAR or 
the settlement of Stock Units credited to a deferred compensation account established for such 
Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books;  

(ii)   Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an 

Option or SAR converted into an equal number of Stock Units; or  

(iii)   Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an 

Option or SAR or the settlement of Stock Units converted into amounts credited to a deferred 
compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the 
Company’s books. Such amounts shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of 
such Shares as of the date when they otherwise would have been delivered to such Participant.  

(b)   General Rules . A deferred compensation account established under this Section 13 may be credited with 

interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the Committee. A Participant for whom 
such an account is established shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. 
Such an account shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be 
subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between such Participant and the 
Company. If the deferral or conversion of Awards is permitted or required, the Committee (in its sole 
discretion) may establish rules, procedures and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without 
limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under this Section 13.  

SECTION 14. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS. 

The Company may grant awards under other plans or programs. Such awards may be settled in the form of 

Shares issued under this Plan. Such Shares shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan like Shares issued in 
settlement of Stock Units and shall, when issued, reduce the number of Shares available under Section 5.  

SECTION 15. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES. 

(a)  

(b)  

(c)  

Effective Date . No provision of this Section 15 shall be effective unless and until the Board of Directors 
has determined to implement such provision.  

Elections to Receive NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units . To the extent permitted by the Board 
of Directors, an Outside Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or meeting 
fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units, or a 
combination thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors. Alternatively, the Board of Directors may 
mandate payment in any of such alternative forms. Such NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units 
shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Section 15 shall be filed with the Company on the 
prescribed form.  

Number and Terms of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units . If permitted or mandated by the 
Board of Directors, the number of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units to be granted to Outside 
Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be paid in cash shall be 
calculated in a manner determined by the Board of Directors. The terms of such NSOs, SARs, Restricted 
Shares or Stock Units shall also be determined by the Board of Directors.  

SECTION 16. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. 

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is 

exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock 
exchange on which the Company’s securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or 

favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable. The 

Company shall not be liable to a Participant or other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the 
Company has not obtained from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s 
counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under the Plan; and (b) any tax consequences 
expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award 
granted under the Plan.  

SECTION 17. TAXES. 

(a)   General . To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant or his or 
her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any 
withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to 
issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.  

(b)  

Share Withholding . The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her 
withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares 
that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that he or 
she previously acquired. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes 
otherwise would be withheld in cash. In no event may a Participant have Shares withheld that would 
otherwise be issued to him or her in excess of the number necessary to satisfy the minimum legally 
required tax withholding.  

(c)  

Section 409A . 

Each Award that provides for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the 

Code shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Committee from time to time in order 
to comply with Section 409A. If any amount under such an Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within 
the meaning of Section 409A) to a Participant who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of 
Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after 
the Participant’s separation from service, or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to 
prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. 
In addition, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.  

SECTION 18. OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS. 

(a)  

(b)  

Transferability . Unless the agreement evidencing an Award (or an amendment thereto authorized by the 
Committee) expressly provides otherwise, no Award granted under this Plan, nor any interest in such 
Award, may be sold, assigned, conveyed, gifted, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any 
manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to Shares issued under such 
Award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that an ISO may be 
transferred or assigned only to the extent consistent with Section 422 of the Code. Any purported 
assignment, transfer or encumbrance in violation of this Section 18(a) shall be void and unenforceable 
against the Company.  

Substitution and Assumption of Awards . The Committee may make Awards under the Plan by 
assumption, substitution or replacement of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock units or similar 
awards granted by another entity (including a Parent or Subsidiary), if such assumption, substitution or 
replacement is in connection with an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar 
transaction involving the Company (and/or its Parent or Subsidiary) and such other entity (and/or its 
affiliate). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan (other than the maximum number of Shares that may 
be issued under the Plan), the terms of such assumed, substituted or replaced Awards shall be as the 
Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.  

(c)   Qualifying Performance Criteria . The number of Shares or other benefits granted, issued, retainable 

and/or vested under an Award may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals. The 
Committee may utilize any performance criteria selected by it in its sole discretion to establish 
performance goals; provided, however, that in the case of any Performance Based Award, the following 
conditions shall apply:  

(i)      The amount potentially available under an Award shall be subject to the attainment of pre-
established, objective performance goals relating to a specified period of service based on one or more of the 
following performance criteria: (a) cash flow, (b) earnings per share, (c) earnings before interest, taxes and 
amortization, (d) return on equity, (e) total stockholder return, (f) share price performance, (g) return on capital, 
(h) return on assets or net assets, (i) revenue, (j) income or net income, (k) operating income or net operating 
income, (l) operating profit or net operating profit, (m) operating margin or profit margin, (n) return on operating 
revenue, (o) return on invested capital, (p) market segment shares, (q) costs, (r) expenses, (s) regulatory body 
approval for commercialization of a product, or (t) implementation or completion of critical projects (“Qualifying 
Performance Criteria”), any of which may be measured either individually, alternatively or in any combination, 
applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit or Subsidiary, either individually, alternatively or 
in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or 
relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group or index, in 
each case as specified by the Committee in the Award;  

(ii)      Unless specified otherwise by the Committee at the time the performance goals are established or 

otherwise within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall appropriately adjust the 
method of evaluating performance under a Qualifying Performance Criteria for a performance period as follows: 
(i) to exclude asset write-downs, (ii) to exclude litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) to exclude the 
effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) 
to exclude accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs, (v) to exclude any extraordinary nonrecurring 
items as determined under generally accepted accounting principles and/or described in managements’ discussion 
and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to 
stockholders for the applicable year, (vi) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures, (vii) to 
assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the 
balance of a performance period following such divestiture, (viii) to exclude the effect of any change in the 
outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, 
reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other 
similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends, (ix) to 
exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; 
and (x) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be 
expensed under generally accepted accounting principles, in each case in compliance with Section 162(m);  

(iii)      The Committee shall establish the applicable performance goals in writing and an objective 

method for determining the Award earned by a Participant if the goals are attained, while the outcome is 
substantially uncertain and not later than the 90 th day of the performance period (but in no event after 25% of the 
period of service with respect to which the performance goals relate has elapsed), and shall determine and certify 
in writing, for each Participant, the extent to which the performance goals have been met prior to payment or 
vesting of the Award;  

(iv)      The Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable under the Plan 

upon the attainment of the pre-established performance goals to a Participant who is a “covered employee” 
within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and  

(v)      The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Performance Based Awards 

granted to a Participant in any calendar year is 2,000,000 Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 12), and 
the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be payable to a Participant under Performance Based Awards 
granted to a Participant in any calendar year that are Cash-Based Awards is $10,000,000.  

SECTION 19. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. 

No provision of the Plan, nor any Award granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right 
to become, to be treated as, or to remain an Employee or Consultant. The Company and its Subsidiaries reserve the right 
to terminate any person’s Service at any time and for any reason, with or without notice.  

SECTION 20. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS. 

(a)  

(b)  

Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall terminate automatically on July 19, 2022, and may 
be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to subsection (b) below.  

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan at any 
time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Award granted before amendment of the 
Plan shall not be materially impaired by such amendment, except with consent of the Participant. An 
amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent 
required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.  

(c)  

Effect of Termination . No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The 
termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards previously granted under the Plan.  

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]  

SECTION 21. EXECUTION. 

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, the Company has caused its authorized officer to 

execute the same.  

Performant Financial Corporation  

By  

/s/ Hakan L. Orvell  

Name   Hakan L. Orvell  

Title  

Chief Financial Officer  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION  
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE P  

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 10.16 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT  
(INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT)  

This AMENDMENT NO.  1 TO CREDIT  AGREEMENT (INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT) (“Amendment”) 
is  dated  as  of  June  28,  2012,  and  is  entered  into  by  and  among  DCS  BUSINESS  SERVICES,  INC.,  a  Nevada 
corporation (“Borrower”), the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement as hereafter defined) providing the June 2012 
Requested Term B Loan Increase (as hereafter defined) on the date hereof, and MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC, 
as Agent for all Lenders.  

W I T N E S S E T H:  

WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto are parties to that certain Credit 
Agreement  dated  as  of  March  19,  2012  (as  the  same  has  been  or  may  be  from  time  to  time  amended,  restated, 
supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the 
definitions provided therefor in the Credit Agreement);  

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that certain Lenders fund to borrower on the date hereof a Requested Term 
B Loan Increase in the aggregate amount of $19,500,000 (the “June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase”), and the 
Lenders  executing  this  Amendment  have  each  agreed  to  fund  a  portion  of  such  June  2012  Requested  Term  B  Loan 
Increase such that the principal amount of the Term B Loan held by each such Lender shall be equal to the amount set 
forth on Annex I to this Amendment after giving effect to such funding, subject to the payment by Borrower of certain 
fees as reflected in the Notice of Borrowing and Letter of Direction delivered by Borrower to Agent on the date hereof 
with respect to the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase;  

WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders party hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement to reflect the 
June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase and that the Requested Term B Loan Increase shall become a part of the 
Term B Loan and have all terms applicable to the Term B Loan under the Credit Agreement except as expressly set forth 
herein  and  except with  respect  to up-front  fees which  are agreed  to  separately  from  this Amendment, and  pursuant  to 
Section 2.1.3 of the Credit Agreement, an Incremental Amendment (as defined therein) to accomplish the foregoing may 
be executed solely by Borrower, Agent and the Lenders participating in the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase; 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement 
and  this  Amendment,  and  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby 
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:  

1. 

June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase . On the date hereof, Borrower is borrowing the June 
2012  Requested  Term  B  Loan  Increase  in  the  amount  of  $19,500,000  as  an  increase  to  the  Term  B  Loan  from  the 
Lenders party to this Amendment (with the amount funded by each such Lender equal to the amount described in the 
second  recitals  clause  hereof,  and  the  amount  of  the  Term  B  Loan  under  the  Credit  Agreement  is  accordingly  hereby 
increased by such amount, and such increased amount of the Term B Loan be subject to all of the terms and conditions 
of the Credit Agreement applicable to the existing Term B Loan except as expressly set forth in Section 2 below.  

2.      Amortization of June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase . It is the intention of Borrower, Agent and 
the Lenders party hereto that the Term B Loan installment due on June 30, 2012 shall not be increased as a result of the 
June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase (but that each subsequent installment of the Term B Loan shall be increased 
as set forth in the parenthetical in the first sentence of Section 2.11.3 of the Credit Agreement). Accordingly, Borrower, 
Agent and the Lenders party hereto agree that (i) the installment of the Term B Loan due on June 30, 2012 shall remain 

 
$198,750 (with none of such installment to be applied to the principal of the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan 
Increase),  and  (ii)  commencing  with  the  installment  of  the  Term  B  Loan  due  on  September  30,  2012  and  for  each 
scheduled installment of the Term B Loan thereafter, the scheduled installments of the Term B Loan (other than on the 
Term B Loan Maturity Date) shall be increased pursuant to the parenthetical of the first sentence of Section 2.11.3 of the 
Credit  Agreement  by  0.25%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  June  2012  Requested  Term  B  Loan  Increase  (such  that, 
absent  any  subsequent  event  altering  the  amounts  of  scheduled  installments  of  the  Term  B  Loan  following  the  date 
hereof, each installment of the Term B Loan shall be increased by $48,750 (0.25% of the principal amount of the June 
2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase) from $198,750 for scheduled installments of $247,500 on each date (other than 
the  Term  B  Loan  Maturity  Date  set  forth  in  Section  2.11.3  of  the  Credit  Agreement  (with  the  outstanding  principal 
balance  of  the Term B  Loan  (as  increased  by the  June  2012 Term B Loan Increase) to be paid  in full  on the  Term  B 
Loan Maturity Date)).  

3.        Amendment and  Restatement of  Annex  I  to  the Credit  Agreement  .  The  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 
amended by amending and restating Annex I to the Credit Agreement in its entirety in the form of Annex I attached to 
this amendment in order to reflect the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase.  

4.        Conditions  to  Effectiveness  .  The  effectiveness  of  this  Amendment  is  subject  to  satisfaction  of  the 

following conditions precedent (unless specifically waived in writing by Agent):  

(a)       Agent shall have received a copy of this Amendment (including the Consent and Reaffirmation attached 
hereto), executed by Borrower, each Loan Party and each Lender participating in the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan 
Increase;  

(b)        After  giving  effect  to  this  Amendment,  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be 

continuing; and  

(c)        Agent  shall  have  received  such  documents,  instruments  and  agreements  as  are  reasonably  required  by 
Agent in connection with this Amendment and the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase, in form and substance 
reasonably satisfactory to Agent.  

5.        Representations  and  Warranties  .  To  induce  Agent  and  the  applicable  Lenders  to  enter  into  this 
Amendment and provide the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan Increase, Borrower represents and warrants to Agent 
and Lenders that:  

(a)      the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and the June 2012 Requested Term B Loan 
Increase has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Borrower and that this Amendment has 
been duly executed and delivered by Borrower;  

(b)      this Amendment and the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement in respect of the June 2012 
Requested  Term  B  Loan  Increase  constitute  the  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  Borrower  and  are  enforceable 
against  Borrower  in  accordance  with  its  terms,  subject  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency  and  similar  laws  affecting  the 
enforceability of creditor’s rights generally and to general principles of equity;  

(c)        the  execution  and  delivery  by  Borrower  of  this  Amendment  and  the  consummation  of  the  June  2012 
Requested  Term  B  Loan  Increase  does  not  require  the  consent  or  approval  of  any  Person,  except  such  consents  and 
approvals as have been obtained;  

(d)      after giving effect to this Amendment the representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan 
Party set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects with 

the same effect as if made on the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties are stated 
to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct in all material 
respects as of such earlier date); and  

(e)      no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  

6.      Severability . Any provision of this Amendment held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or 
unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of this Amendment and the effect thereof shall be confined to 
the provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable.  

7.        References  .  Any  reference  to  the  Credit  Agreement  contained  in  any  document,  instrument  or  Credit 
Agreement executed in connection with the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement 
as modified by this Amendment.  

8.      Counterparts; Electronic Transmission . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, 
each  of  which  shall  constitute  an  original,  but  all  of  which  taken  together  shall  be  one  and  the  same  instrument. 
Facsimile signatures and other electronic signatures shall also constitute originals.  

9.        Ratification  .  The  terms  and  provisions  set  forth  in  this  Amendment  shall  modify  and  supersede  all 
inconsistent terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and shall not be deemed to be a consent to the modification or 
waiver  of  any  other  term  or  condition  of  the  Credit  Agreement.  Except  as  expressly  modified  and  superseded  by  this 
Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are ratified and 
confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.  

10.      Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED 
BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE 
PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES. 

[Signature Pages Follow]  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed under seal and 

delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the date first written above.  

DCS BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.  
By:   /s/ Hakan Orvell         
Name: Hakan Orvell  
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,  
as Agent and a Lender  
By: /s/ Michael Nativi        
Name: Michael Nativi        
Title: Vice President      

CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION  

Each  of  Performant  Financial  Corporation,  Diversified  Collection  Services,  Inc.  and  Vista  Financial,  Inc. 
(collectively, the “Companies”) hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Amendment No. 1 to Credit 
Agreement  (Incremental  Amendment)  dated  as  of  June  28,  2012  (the  “Amendment”);  (ii)  consents  to  Borrower’s 
execution and delivery of the Amendment and the borrowing of the Requested Term B Increase contemplated thereby; 
(iii) agrees to be bound by the Amendment; (iv) affirms that nothing contained in the Amendment shall modify in any 
respect  whatsoever  any  Loan  Document  to  which  it  is  a  party;  and  (v)  reaffirms  that  such  Loan  Documents  shall 
continue to remain in full force and effect and that its guaranty of the Obligations and grant of security interests in its 
assets to secure such guaranty of the Obligations shall apply to the Obligations as increased by the Requested Term B 
Increase contemplated by the Amendment. Although the Companies have been informed of the matters set forth herein 
and  has  acknowledged  and  agreed  to  same,  each  of  the  Companies  understands  that  Agent  and  Lenders  have  no 
obligation  to  inform  either  Company  of  such  matters  in  the  future  or  to  seek  acknowledgment  of  either  Company  or 
agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.  

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto have  caused  this  Consent  and  Reaffirmation to  be  duly  executed 

under seal and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on and as of the date of the Amendment.  

[Signature Page Follows]  

PERFORMANT FINANCIAL CORPORATION  
By: /s/ Hakan Orvell    
Name: Hakan Orvell  
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

DIVERSIFIED COLLECTION SERVICES, INC.  
By: /s/ Hakan Orvell    
Name: Hakan Orvell  
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

VISTA FINANCIAL, INC.  

 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Hakan Orvell    
Name: Hakan Orvell  
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer  

 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES  

Exhibit 21 

Company Name  
Performant Business Services, Inc.  
Performant Recovery, Inc.  
Performant Technologies, Inc.  

State of Incorporation  
Nevada  
California  
California  

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
Exhibit 23 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

The Board of Directors  
Performant Financial Corporation:  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-184657) and Form S-3 
(No. 333-200627) of our report dated March 12, 2015 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Performant 
Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the related consolidated statements of 
operations, changes in redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years 
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, and the related Schedule II for each of the years in the three-year 
period ended December 31, 2014, which report appears in this Form 10-K.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

San Francisco, California  
March 12, 2015  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Lisa C. Im, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Performant Financial Corporation;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make 
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by 
this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects 
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others 
within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, 
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which 

are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.  

Dated: March 13, 2015  

/s/ Lisa C. Im  
Lisa C. Im  
Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Hakan L. Orvell, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Performant Financial Corporation;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make 
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by 
this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects 
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others 
within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, 
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which 

are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting.  

Dated: March 13, 2015  

/s/ Hakan L. Orvell  
Hakan L. Orvell  
Chief Financial Officer  

 
 
   
 
 
SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS  

Exhibit 32.1 

I, Lisa C. Im, Chief Executive Officer of Performant Financial Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company (the “Report”), 
which accompanies this Certificate, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and 
all information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

Dated: March 13, 2015  

/s/ Lisa C. Im  
Lisa C. Im  
Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
   
 
 
 
SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS  

Exhibit 32.2 

I, Hakan L. Orvell, Chief Financial Officer of Performant Financial Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company (the 
“Report”), which accompanies this Certificate, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, and all information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company.  

Dated: March 13, 2015  

/s/ Hakan L. Orvell  
Hakan L. Orvell  
Chief Financial Officer